Deprecate $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.33.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Allow users to upload files.
381 *
382 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
383 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
384 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
385 *
386 * @since 1.5
387 */
388 $wgEnableUploads = false;
389
390 /**
391 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
392 */
393 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
394
395 /**
396 * Allows to move images and other media files
397 */
398 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
399
400 /**
401 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
402 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
403 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
404 *
405 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
406 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
407 */
408 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
409
410 /**
411 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
412 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
413 *
414 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
415 * completeness.
416 */
417 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
418
419 /**
420 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
421 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
422 */
423 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
424
425 /**
426 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
427 */
428 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
429
430 /**
431 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
432 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
433 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
434 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
435 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
436 *
437 * Example:
438 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
439 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
440 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
441 *
442 * @see $wgFileBackends
443 */
444 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
445
446 /**
447 * File repository structures
448 *
449 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
450 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
451 * array of properties configuring the repository.
452 *
453 * Properties required for all repos:
454 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
455 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
456 *
457 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
458 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
459 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
460 *
461 * For most core repos:
462 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
463 * container : backend container name the zone is in
464 * directory : root path within container for the zone
465 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
466 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
467 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
468 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
469 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
470 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
471 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
472 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
473 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
474 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
475 * handler instead.
476 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
477 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
478 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
479 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
480 * - pathDisclosureProtection
481 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
482 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
483 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
484 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
485 * is 0644.
486 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
487 * some remote repos.
488 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
489 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
490 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
491 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
492 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
493 *
494 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
495 * for local repositories:
496 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
497 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
498 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
499 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
500 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
501 * on the local wiki.
502 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
503 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
504 *
505 * ForeignDBRepo:
506 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
507 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
508 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
509 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
510 * and accesible from, this wiki.
511 *
512 * ForeignAPIRepo:
513 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
514 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
515 *
516 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
517 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
518 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
519 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
520 * be searched after the local file repo.
521 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
522 *
523 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
524 */
525 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
526
527 /**
528 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
529 *
530 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
531 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
532 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
533 *
534 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
535 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
536 *
537 * @since 1.11
538 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
539 */
540 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
541
542 /**
543 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
544 *
545 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
546 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
547 * default settings.
548 *
549 * @since 1.16
550 */
551 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
552
553 /**
554 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
555 *
556 * Uses the folowing variables:
557 *
558 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
559 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
560 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
561 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
562 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
563 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
564 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
565 *
566 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
567 * class, with also the following variables:
568 *
569 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
570 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
571 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
572 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
573 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
574 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
575 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
576 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
577 *
578 * @var bool
579 * @since 1.3
580 */
581 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
582
583 /**
584 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
585 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
586 *
587 * @var string
588 * @since 1.3
589 */
590 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
591
592 /**
593 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
594 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
595 *
596 * @var string
597 * @since 1.3
598 */
599 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
600
601 /**
602 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
603 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
604 *
605 * @var bool
606 * @since 1.3
607 */
608 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
609
610 /**
611 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
612 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
613 *
614 * @since 1.5
615 */
616 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
617
618 /**
619 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
620 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
621 *
622 * @var bool
623 * @since 1.5
624 */
625 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
626
627 /**
628 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
629 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
630 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
631 *
632 * @var bool|string
633 * @since 1.4
634 */
635 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
636
637 /**
638 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
639 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
640 *
641 * @var string
642 * @since 1.5
643 */
644 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
645
646 /**
647 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
648 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
649 *
650 * @var bool
651 * @since 1.5
652 */
653 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
654
655 /**
656 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
657 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
658 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
659 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
660 *
661 * Example:
662 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
663 */
664 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
665
666 /**
667 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
668 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
669 *
670 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
671 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
672 *
673 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
674 */
675 $wgUploadDialog = [
676 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
677 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
678 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
679 'fields' => [
680 'description' => true,
681 'date' => false,
682 'categories' => false,
683 ],
684 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
685 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
686 'licensemessages' => [
687 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
688 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
689 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
691 'local' => 'generic-local',
692 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
693 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
694 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
696 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
697 ],
698 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
699 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
700 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
701 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
702 'comment' => [
703 'local' => '',
704 'foreign' => '',
705 ],
706 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
707 'format' => [
708 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
709 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
710 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
711 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
712 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
713 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
714 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
715 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
716 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
717 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
718 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
719 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
720 // * $TEXT - input by the user
721 'description' => '$TEXT',
722 'ownwork' => '',
723 'license' => '',
724 'uncategorized' => '',
725 ],
726 ];
727
728 /**
729 * File backend structure configuration.
730 *
731 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
732 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
733 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
734 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
735 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
736 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
737 *
738 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
739 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
740 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
741 *
742 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
743 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
744 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
745 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
746 *
747 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
748 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
749 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
750 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
751 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
752 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
753 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
754 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
755 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
756 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
757 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
758 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
759 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
760 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
761 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
762 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
763 */
764 $wgFileBackends = [];
765
766 /**
767 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
768 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
769 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
770 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
771 *
772 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
773 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
774 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
775 *
776 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
777 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
778 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
779 */
780 $wgLockManagers = [];
781
782 /**
783 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
784 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
785 *
786 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
787 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
788 * extensions" section of php.ini:
789 * @code{.ini}
790 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
791 * @endcode
792 */
793 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
794
795 /**
796 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
797 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
798 * Defaults to false.
799 */
800 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
801
802 /**
803 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
804 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
805 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
806 */
807 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
808
809 /**
810 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
811 *
812 * @since 1.20
813 */
814 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
815
816 /**
817 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
818 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
819 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
820 */
821 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
822
823 /**
824 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
825 * @since 1.20
826 */
827 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
828
829 /**
830 * Different timeout for upload by url
831 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
832 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
833 * to default.
834 *
835 * @var int|bool
836 *
837 * @since 1.22
838 */
839 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
840
841 /**
842 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
843 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
844 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
845 * for non-specified types.
846 *
847 * @par Example:
848 * @code
849 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
850 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
851 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
852 * ];
853 * @endcode
854 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
855 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
856 */
857 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
858
859 /**
860 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
861 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
862 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
863 * @since 1.26
864 */
865 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
866
867 /**
868 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
869 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
870 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
871 *
872 * @par Example:
873 * @code
874 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
875 * @endcode
876 */
877 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
878
879 /**
880 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
881 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
882 * appended to it as appropriate.
883 */
884 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
885
886 /**
887 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
888 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
889 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
890 * access to the thumbnail path.
891 *
892 * @par Example:
893 * @code
894 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
895 * @endcode
896 */
897 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
898
899 /**
900 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
901 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
902 *
903 * @var string
904 * @since 1.3
905 */
906 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
907
908 /**
909 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
910 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
911 *
912 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
913 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
914 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
915 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
916 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
917 *
918 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
919 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
920 */
921 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
922
923 /**
924 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
925 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
926 *
927 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
928 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
929 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
930 */
931 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
932
933 /**
934 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
935 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
936 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
937 */
938 $wgFileBlacklist = [
939 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
940 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
941 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
942 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
943 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
944 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
945 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
946 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
947
948 /**
949 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
950 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
951 */
952 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
953 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
954 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
955 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
956 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
957 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
958 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
959 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
960 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
961 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
962 'application/x-msmetafile',
963 ];
964
965 /**
966 * Allow Java archive uploads.
967 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
968 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
969 */
970 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
971
972 /**
973 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
974 *
975 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
976 */
977 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
978
979 /**
980 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
981 * by $wgFileExtensions.
982 *
983 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
984 */
985 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
986
987 /**
988 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
989 *
990 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
991 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
992 */
993 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
994
995 /**
996 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
997 */
998 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1002 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1003 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1004 *
1005 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1006 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1007 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1008 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1009 */
1010 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1011 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1012 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1014 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1015 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1016 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1017 ];
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1021 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1022 *
1023 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1024 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1025 */
1026 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1027
1028 /**
1029 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1030 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1031 */
1032 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1033 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1034 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1042 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1043 ];
1044
1045 /**
1046 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1047 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1048 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1049 *
1050 * @since 1.21
1051 */
1052 $wgContentHandlers = [
1053 // the usual case
1054 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1055 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1056 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1057 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1058 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1059 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1060 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1061 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1062 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1063 ];
1064
1065 /**
1066 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1067 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1068 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1069 */
1070 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1071
1072 /**
1073 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1074 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1075 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1076 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1077 *
1078 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1079 */
1080 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1081
1082 /**
1083 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1084 */
1085 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1089 * @since 1.27
1090 */
1091 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1092
1093 /**
1094 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1095 */
1096 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1097
1098 /**
1099 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1100 */
1101 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1105 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1106 */
1107 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1111 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1112 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1113 *
1114 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1115 * @code
1116 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1117 * @endcode
1118 *
1119 * Leave as false to skip this.
1120 */
1121 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1125 *
1126 * @since 1.21
1127 */
1128 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1129
1130 /**
1131 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1132 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1133 * at sharp edges.
1134 *
1135 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1136 *
1137 * Supported values:
1138 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1139 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1140 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1141 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1142 *
1143 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1144 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1145 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1146 *
1147 * @since 1.27
1148 */
1149 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1150
1151 /**
1152 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1153 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1154 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1155 *
1156 * @since 1.32
1157 */
1158 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1162 * image formats.
1163 */
1164 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1165
1166 /**
1167 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1168 *
1169 * @since 1.26
1170 */
1171 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1172
1173 /**
1174 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1175 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1176 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1177 *
1178 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1179 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1180 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1181 */
1182 $wgSVGConverters = [
1183 'ImageMagick' =>
1184 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1185 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1186 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1188 . '$output $input',
1189 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1190 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1191 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1192 ];
1193
1194 /**
1195 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1196 */
1197 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1198
1199 /**
1200 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1201 */
1202 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1206 */
1207 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1211 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1212 */
1213 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1214
1215 /**
1216 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1217 *
1218 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1219 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1220 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1221 *
1222 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1223 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1224 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1225 */
1226 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1227
1228 /**
1229 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1230 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1231 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1232 *
1233 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1234 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1235 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1236 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1237 *
1238 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1239 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1240 */
1241 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1242
1243 /**
1244 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1245 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1246 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1247 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1248 */
1249 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1250
1251 /**
1252 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1253 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1254 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1255 *
1256 * @par Example:
1257 * @code
1258 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1259 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1260 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1261 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1262 * @endcode
1263 */
1264 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1265
1266 /**
1267 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1268 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1269 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1270 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1271 */
1272 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1273
1274 /**
1275 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1276 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1277 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1278 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1279 */
1280 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1281
1282 /**
1283 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1284 * output instead of showing an error message.
1285 *
1286 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1287 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1288 *
1289 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1290 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1291 * are logged to a file for review.
1292 */
1293 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1294
1295 /**
1296 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1297 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1298 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1299 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1300 * webserver(s).
1301 */
1302 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1306 */
1307 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1308
1309 /**
1310 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1311 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1312 * is available that can rotate.
1313 */
1314 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1318 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1319 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1320 */
1321 $wgAntivirus = null;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1325 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1326 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1327 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1328 *
1329 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1330 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1331 *
1332 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1333 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1334 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1335 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1336 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1337 * path.
1338 *
1339 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1340 * function in SpecialUpload.
1341 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1342 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1343 * is not set.
1344 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1345 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1346 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1347 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1348 * no virus was found.
1349 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1350 * a virus.
1351 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1352 *
1353 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1354 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1355 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1356 */
1357 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1358
1359 # setup for clamav
1360 'clamav' => [
1361 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1362 'codemap' => [
1363 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1364 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1365 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1366 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1367 ],
1368 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1369 ],
1370 ];
1371
1372 /**
1373 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1374 */
1375 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1379 */
1380 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1381
1382 /**
1383 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1384 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1385 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1386 */
1387 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1388
1389 /**
1390 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1391 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1392 */
1393 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1394
1395 /**
1396 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1397 * the MIME type to standard output.
1398 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1399 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1400 *
1401 * @par Example:
1402 * @code
1403 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1404 * @endcode
1405 */
1406 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1407
1408 /**
1409 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1410 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1411 * can be trusted.
1412 */
1413 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1414
1415 /**
1416 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1417 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1418 */
1419 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1420 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1421 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1422 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1423 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1424 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1425 ];
1426
1427 /**
1428 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1429 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1430 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1431 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1432 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1433 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1434 */
1435 $wgImageLimits = [
1436 [ 320, 240 ],
1437 [ 640, 480 ],
1438 [ 800, 600 ],
1439 [ 1024, 768 ],
1440 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1441 ];
1442
1443 /**
1444 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1445 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1446 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1447 */
1448 $wgThumbLimits = [
1449 120,
1450 150,
1451 180,
1452 200,
1453 250,
1454 300
1455 ];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1459 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1460 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1461 *
1462 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1463 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1464 * supports it.
1465 */
1466 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1467
1468 /**
1469 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1470 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1471 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1472 * following buckets:
1473 *
1474 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1475 *
1476 * and a distance of 50:
1477 *
1478 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1479 *
1480 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1481 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1482 */
1483 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1484
1485 /**
1486 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1487 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1488 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1489 *
1490 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1491 *
1492 * @since 1.25
1493 */
1494
1495 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1496
1497 /**
1498 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1499 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1500 *
1501 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1502 * thumbnail's URL.
1503 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1504 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1505 *
1506 * @since 1.25
1507 */
1508 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1509
1510 /**
1511 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1512 *
1513 * @since 1.25
1514 */
1515 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1516
1517 /**
1518 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1519 * HTTP request to.
1520 *
1521 * @since 1.25
1522 */
1523 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1524
1525 /**
1526 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1527 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1528 *
1529 * @since 1.26
1530 */
1531 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1532
1533 /**
1534 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1535 * Fields are:
1536 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1537 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1538 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1539 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1540 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1541 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1542 * @deprecated since 1.28
1543 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1544 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1545 * - mode: Gallery mode
1546 */
1547 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1548
1549 /**
1550 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1551 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1552 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1553 */
1554 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1555
1556 /**
1557 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1558 */
1559 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1560
1561 /**
1562 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1563 *
1564 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1565 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1566 */
1567 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1568
1569 /**
1570 * @name DJVU settings
1571 * @{
1572 */
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Path of the djvudump executable
1576 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1577 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1578 */
1579 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1583 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1584 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1585 */
1586 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1587
1588 /**
1589 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1590 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1591 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1592 */
1593 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1594
1595 /**
1596 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1597 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1598 *
1599 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1600 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1601 * the efficiency problem.
1602 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1603 *
1604 * @par Example:
1605 * @code
1606 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1607 * @endcode
1608 */
1609 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1613 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1614 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1615 */
1616 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1617
1618 /**
1619 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1620 */
1621 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1622
1623 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1624
1625 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1626
1627 /************************************************************************//**
1628 * @name Email settings
1629 * @{
1630 */
1631
1632 /**
1633 * Site admin email address.
1634 *
1635 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1636 */
1637 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1641 *
1642 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1643 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1644 *
1645 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1646 */
1647 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1651 *
1652 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1653 */
1654 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1658 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1659 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1660 */
1661 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1662
1663 /**
1664 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1665 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1666 */
1667 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1671 *
1672 * @since 1.30
1673 */
1674 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1675
1676 /**
1677 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1678 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1679 *
1680 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1681 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1682 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1683 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1684 */
1685 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1689 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1690 */
1691 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1695 */
1696 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1697
1698 /**
1699 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1700 */
1701 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1705 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1706 */
1707 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1711 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1712 */
1713 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1714
1715 /**
1716 * SMTP Mode.
1717 *
1718 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1719 * Default to false or fill an array :
1720 *
1721 * @code
1722 * $wgSMTP = [
1723 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1724 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1725 * 'port' => '25',
1726 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1727 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1728 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1729 * ];
1730 * @endcode
1731 */
1732 $wgSMTP = false;
1733
1734 /**
1735 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1736 */
1737 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1738
1739 /**
1740 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1741 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1742 */
1743 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1744
1745 /**
1746 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1747 *
1748 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1749 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1750 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1751 *
1752 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1753 *
1754 * @var bool
1755 */
1756 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1757
1758 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1759 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1760 # enable or disable at their discretion
1761 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1762 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1763
1764 /**
1765 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1766 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1767 * spam relay.
1768 */
1769 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1770
1771 /**
1772 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1773 */
1774 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1778 * user talk page.
1779 *
1780 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1781 * preference set to true.
1782 */
1783 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1784
1785 /**
1786 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1787 *
1788 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1789 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1790 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1791 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1792 *
1793 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1794 *
1795 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1796 *
1797 * @var bool
1798 */
1799 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1800
1801 /**
1802 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1803 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1804 *
1805 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1806 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1807 *
1808 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1809 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1810 *
1811 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1812 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1813 */
1814 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1815
1816 /**
1817 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1818 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1819 *
1820 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1821 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1822 */
1823 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1824
1825 /**
1826 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1827 * match the limit on your mail server.
1828 */
1829 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1830
1831 /**
1832 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1833 */
1834 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1835
1836 /**
1837 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1838 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1839 */
1840 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1841
1842 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1843
1844 /************************************************************************//**
1845 * @name Database settings
1846 * @{
1847 */
1848
1849 /**
1850 * Database host name or IP address
1851 */
1852 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1853
1854 /**
1855 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1856 */
1857 $wgDBport = 5432;
1858
1859 /**
1860 * Name of the database
1861 */
1862 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1863
1864 /**
1865 * Database username
1866 */
1867 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1868
1869 /**
1870 * Database user's password
1871 */
1872 $wgDBpassword = '';
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Database type
1876 */
1877 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1878
1879 /**
1880 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1881 *
1882 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1883 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1884 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1885 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1886 */
1887 $wgDBssl = false;
1888
1889 /**
1890 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1891 *
1892 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1893 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1894 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1895 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1896 */
1897 $wgDBcompress = false;
1898
1899 /**
1900 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1901 */
1902 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1903
1904 /**
1905 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1906 */
1907 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1908
1909 /**
1910 * Search type.
1911 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1912 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1913 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1914 */
1915 $wgSearchType = null;
1916
1917 /**
1918 * Alternative search types
1919 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1920 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1921 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1922 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1923 */
1924 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1925
1926 /**
1927 * Table name prefix
1928 */
1929 $wgDBprefix = '';
1930
1931 /**
1932 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1933 */
1934 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1935
1936 /**
1937 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1938 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1939 * DBA has done his best job.
1940 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1941 */
1942 $wgSQLMode = '';
1943
1944 /**
1945 * Mediawiki schema
1946 */
1947 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1948
1949 /**
1950 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1951 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1952 * @since 1.32
1953 */
1954 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1955
1956 /**
1957 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1958 */
1959 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1960
1961 /**
1962 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1963 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1964 * main database.
1965 *
1966 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1967 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1968 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1969 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1970 *
1971 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1972 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1973 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1974 *
1975 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1976 * $wgDBprefix.
1977 *
1978 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1979 * $wgDBmwschema.
1980 *
1981 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1982 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1983 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1984 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1985 */
1986 $wgSharedDB = null;
1987
1988 /**
1989 * @see $wgSharedDB
1990 */
1991 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1992
1993 /**
1994 * @see $wgSharedDB
1995 */
1996 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1997
1998 /**
1999 * @see $wgSharedDB
2000 * @since 1.23
2001 */
2002 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2003
2004 /**
2005 * Database load balancer
2006 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2007 * Fields are:
2008 * - host: Host name
2009 * - dbname: Default database name
2010 * - user: DB user
2011 * - password: DB password
2012 * - type: DB type
2013 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2014 *
2015 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2016 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2017 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2018 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2019 *
2020 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2021 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2022 *
2023 * - flags: bit field
2024 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2025 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2026 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2027 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2028 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2029 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2030 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2031 * if available
2032 *
2033 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2034 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2035 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2036 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2037 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2038 *
2039 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2040 * variable of the Database object.
2041 *
2042 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2043 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2044 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2045 *
2046 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2047 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2048 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2049 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2050 *
2051 * @code
2052 * SET @@read_only=1;
2053 * @endcode
2054 *
2055 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2056 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2057 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2058 */
2059 $wgDBservers = false;
2060
2061 /**
2062 * Load balancer factory configuration
2063 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2064 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2065 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2066 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2067 *
2068 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2069 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2070 */
2071 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2072
2073 /**
2074 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2075 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2076 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2077 * @since 1.27
2078 */
2079 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2080
2081 /**
2082 * File to log database errors to
2083 */
2084 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2085
2086 /**
2087 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2088 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2089 *
2090 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2091 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2092 *
2093 * @par Examples:
2094 * @code
2095 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2096 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2097 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2098 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2099 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2100 * @endcode
2101 *
2102 * @since 1.20
2103 */
2104 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2105
2106 /**
2107 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2108 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2109 *
2110 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2111 *
2112 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2113 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2114 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2115 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2116 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2117 *
2118 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2119 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2120 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2121 *
2122 * @deprecated since 1.31
2123 */
2124 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2125
2126 /**
2127 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2128 *
2129 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2130 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2131 * block).
2132 *
2133 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2134 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2135 * connections.
2136 *
2137 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2138 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2139 * pooled.
2140 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2141 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2142 *
2143 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2144 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2145 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2146 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2147 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2148 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2149 *
2150 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2151 */
2152 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2153
2154 /**
2155 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2156 *
2157 * Array numeric key => database name
2158 */
2159 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2160
2161 /**
2162 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2163 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2164 * show a more obvious warning.
2165 */
2166 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2167
2168 /**
2169 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2170 */
2171 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2172
2173 /**
2174 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2175 */
2176 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2177
2178 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2179
2180 /************************************************************************//**
2181 * @name Text storage
2182 * @{
2183 */
2184
2185 /**
2186 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2187 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2188 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2189 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2190 */
2191 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2192
2193 /**
2194 * External stores allow including content
2195 * from non database sources following URL links.
2196 *
2197 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2198 * @code
2199 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2200 * @endcode
2201 *
2202 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2203 */
2204 $wgExternalStores = [];
2205
2206 /**
2207 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2208 *
2209 * @par Example:
2210 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2211 * @code
2212 * $wgExternalServers = [
2213 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2214 * ];
2215 * @endcode
2216 *
2217 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2218 * another class.
2219 */
2220 $wgExternalServers = [];
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2224 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2225 *
2226 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2227 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2228 *
2229 * @par Example:
2230 * @code
2231 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2232 * @endcode
2233 *
2234 * @var array
2235 */
2236 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2240 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2241 *
2242 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2243 */
2244 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2245
2246 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2247
2248 /************************************************************************//**
2249 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2250 * @{
2251 */
2252
2253 /**
2254 * Disable database-intensive features
2255 */
2256 $wgMiserMode = false;
2257
2258 /**
2259 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2260 */
2261 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2262
2263 /**
2264 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2265 */
2266 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2267
2268 /**
2269 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2270 */
2271 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2272
2273 /**
2274 * Enable slow parser functions
2275 */
2276 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2277
2278 /**
2279 * Allow schema updates
2280 */
2281 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2282
2283 /**
2284 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2285 */
2286 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2287
2288 /**
2289 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2290 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2291 */
2292 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2293
2294 /**
2295 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2296 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2297 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2298 * @since 1.26
2299 */
2300 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2301
2302 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2303
2304 /************************************************************************//**
2305 * @name Cache settings
2306 * @{
2307 */
2308
2309 /**
2310 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2311 * from the web.
2312 *
2313 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2314 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2315 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2316 */
2317 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2318
2319 /**
2320 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2321 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2322 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2323 *
2324 * The options are:
2325 *
2326 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2327 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2328 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2329 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2330 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2331 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2332 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2333 *
2334 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2335 */
2336 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2337
2338 /**
2339 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2340 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2341 *
2342 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2343 */
2344 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2345
2346 /**
2347 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2348 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2349 *
2350 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2351 */
2352 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2353
2354 /**
2355 * The cache type for storing session data.
2356 *
2357 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2358 */
2359 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2363 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2364 *
2365 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2366 *
2367 * @since 1.20
2368 */
2369 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2373 *
2374 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2375 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2376 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2377 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2378 *
2379 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2380 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2381 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2382 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2383 */
2384 $wgObjectCaches = [
2385 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2386 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2387
2388 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2389 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2390 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2391
2392 'db-replicated' => [
2393 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2394 'readFactory' => [
2395 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2396 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2397 ],
2398 'writeFactory' => [
2399 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2400 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2401 ],
2402 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2403 'reportDupes' => false
2404 ],
2405
2406 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2407 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2408 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2409 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2410 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2411 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2412 ];
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2416 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2417 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2418 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2419 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2420 *
2421 * The options are:
2422 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2423 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2424 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2425 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2426 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2427 * @since 1.26
2428 */
2429 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2433 *
2434 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2435 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2436 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2437 *
2438 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2439 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2440 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2441 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2442 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2443 *
2444 * @since 1.26
2445 */
2446 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2447 CACHE_NONE => [
2448 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2449 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2450 'channels' => []
2451 ]
2452 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2453 'memcached-php' => [
2454 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2455 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2456 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2457 ]
2458 */
2459 ];
2460
2461 /**
2462 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2463 *
2464 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2465 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2466 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2467 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2468 *
2469 * @var bool
2470 * @since 1.29
2471 */
2472 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2473
2474 /**
2475 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2476 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2477 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2478 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2479 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2480 *
2481 * The options are:
2482 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2483 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2484 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2485 *
2486 * @since 1.26
2487 */
2488 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2489
2490 /**
2491 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2492 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2493 */
2494 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2495
2496 /**
2497 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2498 */
2499 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2500
2501 /**
2502 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2503 */
2504 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2505
2506 /**
2507 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2508 */
2509 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2510
2511 /**
2512 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2513 *
2514 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2515 *
2516 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2517 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2518 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2519 * others' cookies.
2520 *
2521 * @since 1.27
2522 * @var string
2523 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2524 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2525 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2526 */
2527 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2528
2529 /**
2530 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2531 *
2532 * @since 1.28
2533 */
2534 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2535
2536 /**
2537 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2538 */
2539 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2540
2541 /**
2542 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2543 */
2544 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2545
2546 /**
2547 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2548 * requests.
2549 */
2550 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2551
2552 /**
2553 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2554 */
2555 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2559 *
2560 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2561 *
2562 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2563 *
2564 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2565 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2566 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2567 */
2568 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2572 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2573 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2574 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2575 */
2576 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2580 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2581 *
2582 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2583 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2584 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2585 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2586 * otherwise the database will be used.
2587 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2588 * store static arrays.
2589 *
2590 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2591 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2592 *
2593 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2594 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2595 * will be used.
2596 *
2597 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2598 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2599 */
2600 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2601 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2602 'store' => 'detect',
2603 'storeClass' => false,
2604 'storeDirectory' => false,
2605 'manualRecache' => false,
2606 ];
2607
2608 /**
2609 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2610 */
2611 $wgCachePages = true;
2612
2613 /**
2614 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2615 * client-side and server-side caching.
2616 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2617 * @verbatim
2618 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2619 * @endverbatim
2620 */
2621 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2625 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2626 */
2627 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2628
2629 /**
2630 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2631 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2632 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2633 */
2634 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2635
2636 /**
2637 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2638 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2639 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2640 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2641 */
2642 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2643
2644 /**
2645 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2646 * @deprecated since 1.26
2647 */
2648 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2649
2650 /**
2651 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2652 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2653 */
2654 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2655
2656 /**
2657 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2658 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2659 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2660 *
2661 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2662 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2663 * don't update as expected.
2664 */
2665 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2666
2667 /**
2668 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2669 */
2670 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2674 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2675 *
2676 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2677 */
2678 $wgUseGzip = false;
2679
2680 /**
2681 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2682 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2683 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2684 * a grace period.
2685 */
2686 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2687
2688 /**
2689 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2690 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2691 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2692 *
2693 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2694 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2695 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2696 */
2697 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2698
2699 /**
2700 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2701 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2702 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2703 *
2704 * @par Example:
2705 * @code
2706 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2707 * @endcode
2708 *
2709 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2710 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2711 *
2712 * @var int|bool
2713 */
2714 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2715
2716 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2717
2718 /************************************************************************//**
2719 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2720 *
2721 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2722 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2723 *
2724 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2725 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2726 * more details.
2727 *
2728 * @{
2729 */
2730
2731 /**
2732 * Enable/disable CDN.
2733 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2734 */
2735 $wgUseSquid = false;
2736
2737 /**
2738 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2739 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2740 */
2741 $wgUseESI = false;
2742
2743 /**
2744 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2745 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-httpbis-key/ for details.
2746 * @since 1.27
2747 * @deprecated in 1.32, the IETF spec expired without becoming a standard.
2748 */
2749 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2750
2751 /**
2752 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2753 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2754 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2755 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2756 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2757 * HTTP redirects.
2758 */
2759 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2760
2761 /**
2762 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2763 *
2764 * @par Example:
2765 * @code
2766 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2767 * @endcode
2768 */
2769 $wgInternalServer = false;
2770
2771 /**
2772 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2773 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2774 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2775 *
2776 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2777 */
2778 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2779
2780 /**
2781 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2782 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2783 * @since 1.27
2784 */
2785 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2786
2787 /**
2788 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2789 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2790 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2791 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2792 *
2793 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2794 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2795 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2796 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2797 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2798 *
2799 * @since 1.27
2800 */
2801 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2802
2803 /**
2804 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2805 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2806 * @since 1.27
2807 */
2808 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2809
2810 /**
2811 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2812 *
2813 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2814 */
2815 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2816
2817 /**
2818 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2819 *
2820 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2821 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2822 *
2823 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2824 */
2825 $wgSquidServers = [];
2826
2827 /**
2828 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2829 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2830 * CIDR blocks.
2831 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2832 */
2833 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2834
2835 /**
2836 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2837 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2838 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2839 *
2840 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2841 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2842 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2843 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2844 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2845 *
2846 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2847 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2848 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2849 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2850 * reverse).
2851 *
2852 * @since 1.21
2853 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2854 */
2855 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2856
2857 /**
2858 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2859 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2860 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2861 *
2862 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2863 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2864 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2865 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2866 *
2867 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2868 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2869 * @code
2870 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2871 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2872 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2873 * 'port' => 4827,
2874 * ],
2875 * '' => [
2876 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2877 * 'port' => 4827,
2878 * ],
2879 * ];
2880 * @endcode
2881 *
2882 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2883 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2884 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2885 *
2886 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2887 * @code
2888 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2889 * '' => [
2890 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2891 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2892 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2893 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2894 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2895 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2896 * ],
2897 * ];
2898 * @endcode
2899 *
2900 * @since 1.22
2901 *
2902 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2903 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2904 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2905 *
2906 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2907 */
2908 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2909
2910 /**
2911 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2912 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2913 */
2914 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2915
2916 /**
2917 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2918 */
2919 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2920
2921 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2922
2923 /************************************************************************//**
2924 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2925 * @{
2926 */
2927
2928 /**
2929 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2930 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2931 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2932 *
2933 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2934 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2935 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2936 *
2937 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2938 * change it in their preferences.
2939 *
2940 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2941 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2942 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2943 */
2944 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2945
2946 /**
2947 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2948 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2949 */
2950 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2951
2952 /**
2953 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2954 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2955 *
2956 * @par Example:
2957 * @code
2958 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2959 * @endcode
2960 */
2961 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2962
2963 /**
2964 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2965 */
2966 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2967
2968 /**
2969 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2970 */
2971 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2972
2973 /**
2974 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2975 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2976 * Notes:
2977 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2978 * map.
2979 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2980 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2981 * this array.
2982 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2983 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2984 * the prefix in this array.
2985 */
2986 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2987
2988 /**
2989 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2990 */
2991 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2992
2993 /**
2994 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2995 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2996 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2997 *
2998 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2999 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3000 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3001 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3002 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3003 *
3004 * @since 1.29
3005 */
3006 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3007 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3008 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3009 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3010 ];
3011
3012 /**
3013 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3014 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3015 *
3016 * @deprecated since 1.29
3017 */
3018 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3019
3020 /**
3021 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3022 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3023 * set to "ar".
3024 *
3025 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3026 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3027 */
3028 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3032 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3033 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3034 * support these characters.
3035 *
3036 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3037 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3038 */
3039 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3040
3041 /**
3042 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3043 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3044 * impact.
3045 *
3046 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3047 * details.
3048 *
3049 * @since 1.17
3050 */
3051 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3052
3053 /**
3054 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3055 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3056 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3057 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3058 *
3059 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3060 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3061 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3062 */
3063 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3064
3065 /**
3066 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3067 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3068 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3069 *
3070 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3071 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3072 * to remain viewable.
3073 *
3074 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3075 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3076 */
3077 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3078
3079 /**
3080 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3081 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3082 */
3083 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3084
3085 /**
3086 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3087 * numerals in interface.
3088 */
3089 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3093 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3094 */
3095 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3096
3097 /**
3098 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3099 */
3100 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3101
3102 /**
3103 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3104 */
3105 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3106
3107 /**
3108 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3109 */
3110 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3111
3112 /**
3113 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3114 */
3115 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3116
3117 /**
3118 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3119 */
3120 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3121
3122 /**
3123 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3124 * used to ease variant development work.
3125 */
3126 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3127
3128 /**
3129 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3130 *
3131 * @par Example:
3132 * @code
3133 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3134 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3135 * @endcode
3136 */
3137 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3138
3139 /**
3140 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3141 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3142 * language variant.
3143 *
3144 * @par Example:
3145 * @code
3146 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3147 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3148 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3149 * @endcode
3150 *
3151 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3152 *
3153 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3154 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3155 */
3156 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3157
3158 /**
3159 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3160 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3161 * customise these.
3162 */
3163 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3164
3165 /**
3166 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3167 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3168 *
3169 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3170 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3171 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3172 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3173 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3174 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3175 * the default behavior.
3176 *
3177 * @par Example:
3178 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3179 * portal:
3180 * @code
3181 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3182 * @endcode
3183 */
3184 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3188 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3189 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3190 *
3191 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3192 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3193 *
3194 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3195 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3196 *
3197 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3198 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3199 *
3200 * @par Examples:
3201 * @code
3202 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3203 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3204 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3205 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3206 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3207 * @endcode
3208 */
3209 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3210
3211 /**
3212 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3213 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3214 *
3215 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3216 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3217 *
3218 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3219 */
3220 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3221
3222 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3223
3224 /*************************************************************************//**
3225 * @name Output format and skin settings
3226 * @{
3227 */
3228
3229 /**
3230 * The default Content-Type header.
3231 */
3232 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3233
3234 /**
3235 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3236 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3237 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3238 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3239 * @deprecated since 1.22
3240 */
3241 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3242
3243 /**
3244 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3245 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3246 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3247 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3248 * @deprecated since 1.22
3249 */
3250 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3251
3252 /**
3253 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3254 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3255 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3256 * to true by Setup.php.
3257 * @deprecated since 1.22
3258 */
3259 $wgHtml5 = true;
3260
3261 /**
3262 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3263 *
3264 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3265 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3266 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3267 * @since 1.16
3268 */
3269 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3270
3271 /**
3272 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3273 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3274 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3275 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3276 * @since 1.24
3277 */
3278 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3282 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3283 * stable and change has been communicated.
3284 * @since 1.24
3285 */
3286 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3287
3288 /**
3289 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3290 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3291 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3292 *
3293 * @since 1.28
3294 */
3295 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3296
3297 /**
3298 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3299 *
3300 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3301 *
3302 * @par Example:
3303 * @code
3304 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3305 * @endcode
3306 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3307 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3308 *
3309 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3310 */
3311 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3312
3313 /**
3314 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3315 *
3316 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3317 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3318 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3319 */
3320 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3321
3322 /**
3323 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3324 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3325 */
3326 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3327
3328 /**
3329 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3330 *
3331 * @since 1.24
3332 */
3333 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3334
3335 /**
3336 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3337 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3338 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3339 */
3340 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3341
3342 /**
3343 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3344 */
3345 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3346
3347 /**
3348 * Allow user Javascript page?
3349 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3350 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3351 */
3352 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3353
3354 /**
3355 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3356 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3357 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3358 */
3359 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3360
3361 /**
3362 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3363 *
3364 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3365 * are availabe to users.
3366 */
3367 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3368
3369 /**
3370 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3371 */
3372 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3373
3374 /**
3375 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3376 */
3377 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3378
3379 /**
3380 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3381 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3382 */
3383 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3384
3385 /**
3386 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3387 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3388 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3389 *
3390 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3391 *
3392 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3393 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3394 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3395 *
3396 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3397 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3398 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3399 * recommended.
3400 *
3401 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3402 * not just edit pages.
3403 */
3404 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3405
3406 /**
3407 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3408 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3409 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3410 * Options are:
3411 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3412 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3413 * - false: Allow all framing.
3414 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3415 */
3416 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3417
3418 /**
3419 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3420 */
3421 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3422
3423 /**
3424 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3425 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3426 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3427 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3428 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3429 *
3430 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3431 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3432 * a page.
3433 *
3434 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3435 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3436 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3437 * would still work.
3438 *
3439 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3440 *
3441 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3442 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3443 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3444 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3445 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3446 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3447 * fragment mode is used.
3448 *
3449 * @since 1.30
3450 */
3451 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3452
3453 /**
3454 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3455 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3456 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3457 * to 'html5'.
3458 *
3459 * @since 1.30
3460 */
3461 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3462
3463 /**
3464 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3465 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3466 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3467 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3468 *
3469 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3470 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3471 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3472 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3473 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3474 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3475 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3476 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3477 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3478 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3479 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3480 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3481 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3482 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3483 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3484 * not be outputted
3485 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3486 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3487 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3488 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3489 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3490 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3491 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3492 */
3493 $wgFooterIcons = [
3494 "copyright" => [
3495 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3496 ],
3497 "poweredby" => [
3498 "mediawiki" => [
3499 // Defaults to point at
3500 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3501 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3502 "src" => null,
3503 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3504 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3505 ]
3506 ],
3507 ];
3508
3509 /**
3510 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3511 * to create an account.
3512 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3513 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3514 */
3515 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3516
3517 /**
3518 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3519 */
3520 $wgEdititis = false;
3521
3522 /**
3523 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3524 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3525 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3526 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3527 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3528 *
3529 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3530 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3531 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3532 */
3533 $wgSend404Code = true;
3534
3535 /**
3536 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3537 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3538 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3539 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3540 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3541 *
3542 * @since 1.20
3543 */
3544 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3545
3546 /**
3547 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3548 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3549 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3550 * unconditionally.
3551 */
3552 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3553
3554 /**
3555 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3556 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3557 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3558 * the domain root.
3559 *
3560 * @since 1.25
3561 */
3562 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3563
3564 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3565
3566 /*************************************************************************//**
3567 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3568 * @{
3569 */
3570
3571 /**
3572 * Client-side resource modules.
3573 *
3574 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3575 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3576 *
3577 * @par Example:
3578 * @code
3579 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3580 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3581 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3582 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3583 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3584 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3585 * ];
3586 * @endcode
3587 */
3588 $wgResourceModules = [];
3589
3590 /**
3591 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3592 *
3593 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3594 * not be modified or disabled.
3595 *
3596 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3597 *
3598 * @par Example:
3599 * @code
3600 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3601 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3602 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3603 * ];
3604 *
3605 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3606 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3607 * ];
3608 * @endcode
3609 *
3610 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3611 *
3612 * @par Equivalent:
3613 * @code
3614 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3615 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3616 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3617 * 'skinStyles' => [
3618 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3619 * ],
3620 * ];
3621 * @endcode
3622 *
3623 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3624 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3625 *
3626 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3627 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3628 *
3629 * @par Example:
3630 * @code
3631 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3632 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3633 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3634 * 'skinStyles' => [
3635 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3636 * ],
3637 * ];
3638 * // Note the '+' character:
3639 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3640 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3641 * ];
3642 * @endcode
3643 *
3644 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3645 *
3646 * @par Equivalent:
3647 * @code
3648 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3649 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3650 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3651 * 'skinStyles' => [
3652 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3653 * 'foo' => [
3654 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3655 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3656 * ],
3657 * ],
3658 * ];
3659 * @endcode
3660 *
3661 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3662 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3663 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3664 *
3665 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3666 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3667 *
3668 * @par Example:
3669 * @code
3670 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3671 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3672 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3673 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3674 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3675 * ];
3676 * @endcode
3677 */
3678 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3679
3680 /**
3681 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3682 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3683 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3684 *
3685 * @par Example:
3686 * @code
3687 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3688 * @endcode
3689 */
3690 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3691
3692 /**
3693 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3694 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3695 */
3696 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3697
3698 /**
3699 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3700 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3701 *
3702 * Following options to distinguish:
3703 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3704 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3705 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3706 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3707 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3708 *
3709 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3710 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3711 * client and MediaWiki.
3712 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3713 */
3714 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3715 'versioned' => [
3716 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3717 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3718 ],
3719 'unversioned' => [
3720 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3721 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3722 ],
3723 ];
3724
3725 /**
3726 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3727 *
3728 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3729 */
3730 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3731
3732 /**
3733 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3734 *
3735 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3736 */
3737 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3738
3739 /**
3740 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3741 *
3742 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3743 * work.
3744 *
3745 * @par Example of legacy code:
3746 * @code{,js}
3747 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3748 * @endcode
3749 * or:
3750 * @code{,js}
3751 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3752 * @endcode
3753 *
3754 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3755 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3756 * @code{,js}
3757 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3758 * @endcode
3759 * or:
3760 * @code{,js}
3761 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3762 * @endcode
3763 */
3764 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3765
3766 /**
3767 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3768 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3769 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3770 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3771 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3772 * that you can't increase.
3773 *
3774 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3775 * string length limit.
3776 *
3777 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3778 */
3779 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3780
3781 /**
3782 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3783 * prior to minification to validate it.
3784 *
3785 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3786 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3787 */
3788 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3789
3790 /**
3791 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3792 *
3793 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3794 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3795 *
3796 * @since 1.32
3797 */
3798 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3799
3800 /**
3801 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3802 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3803 */
3804 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3805
3806 /**
3807 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3808 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3809 *
3810 * @since 1.23
3811 */
3812 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3813
3814 /**
3815 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3816 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3817 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3818 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3819 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3820 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3821 * from the rest of the site.
3822 *
3823 * @since 1.25
3824 */
3825 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3826
3827 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3828
3829 /*************************************************************************//**
3830 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3831 * @{
3832 */
3833
3834 /**
3835 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3836 * used instead.
3837 */
3838 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3839
3840 /**
3841 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3842 *
3843 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3844 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3845 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3846 */
3847 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3848
3849 /**
3850 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3851 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3852 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3853 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3854 * hook or extension.json.
3855 *
3856 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3857 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3858 * the new namespace name.
3859 *
3860 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3861 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3862 *
3863 * @par Example:
3864 * @code
3865 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3866 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3867 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3868 * 102 => "Aide",
3869 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3870 * ];
3871 * @endcode
3872 *
3873 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3874 */
3875 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3876
3877 /**
3878 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3879 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3880 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3881 * @since 1.18
3882 */
3883 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3884
3885 /**
3886 * Namespace aliases.
3887 *
3888 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3889 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3890 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3891 * name.
3892 *
3893 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3894 *
3895 * @par Example:
3896 * @code
3897 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3898 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3899 * 'Help' => 100,
3900 * ];
3901 * @endcode
3902 */
3903 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3904
3905 /**
3906 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3907 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3908 *
3909 * Problematic punctuation:
3910 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3911 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3912 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3913 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3914 * corrupted by apache
3915 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3916 *
3917 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3918 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3919 *
3920 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3921 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3922 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3923 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3924 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3925 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3926 *
3927 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3928 */
3929 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3930
3931 /**
3932 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3933 *
3934 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3935 */
3936 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3937
3938 /**
3939 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3940 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3941 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3942 *
3943 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3944 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3945 */
3946 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3947
3948 /**
3949 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3950 */
3951 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3952
3953 /**
3954 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3955 * @{
3956 */
3957
3958 /**
3959 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3960 * database (.cdb) file.
3961 *
3962 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3963 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3964 * formats such as the following:
3965 *
3966 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3967 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3968 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3969 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3970 *
3971 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3972 * data layout.
3973 *
3974 * @var bool|array|string
3975 */
3976 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3977
3978 /**
3979 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3980 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3981 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3982 * - 3: site levels
3983 */
3984 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3985
3986 /**
3987 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3988 */
3989 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3990
3991 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3992
3993 /**
3994 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3995 * @{
3996 */
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4000 */
4001 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4002
4003 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4004
4005 /**
4006 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4007 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4008 * as 'redirected from' links.
4009 *
4010 * @par Example:
4011 * It might look something like this:
4012 * @code
4013 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4014 * @endcode
4015 *
4016 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4017 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4018 * the URL.
4019 */
4020 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4021
4022 /**
4023 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4024 *
4025 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4026 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4027 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4028 */
4029 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4030
4031 /**
4032 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4033 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4034 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4035 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4036 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4037 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4038 * NS_FILE.
4039 *
4040 * @par Example:
4041 * @code
4042 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4043 * @endcode
4044 */
4045 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4046
4047 /**
4048 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4049 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4050 */
4051 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4052 NS_TALK => true,
4053 NS_USER => true,
4054 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4055 NS_PROJECT => true,
4056 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4057 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4058 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4059 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4060 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4061 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4062 NS_HELP => true,
4063 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4064 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4065 ];
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4069 *
4070 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4071 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4072 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4073 *
4074 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4075 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4076 *
4077 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4078 * the new extension registration system.
4079 *
4080 * @since 1.23
4081 */
4082 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4086 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4087 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4088 * number of articles in the wiki.
4089 */
4090 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4091
4092 /**
4093 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4094 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4095 * be shown on that page.
4096 * @since 1.30
4097 */
4098 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4099
4100 /**
4101 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4102 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4103 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4104 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4105 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4106 */
4107 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4108
4109 /**
4110 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4111 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4112 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4113 */
4114 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4115
4116 /**
4117 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4118 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4119 * will make the redirect fail.
4120 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4121 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4122 *
4123 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4124 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4125 */
4126 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4127
4128 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4129
4130 /************************************************************************//**
4131 * @name Parser settings
4132 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4133 * @{
4134 */
4135
4136 /**
4137 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4138 *
4139 * class The class name
4140 *
4141 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4142 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4143 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4144 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4145 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4146 *
4147 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4148 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4149 *
4150 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4151 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4152 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4153 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4154 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4155 * an extension setup function.
4156 */
4157 $wgParserConf = [
4158 'class' => Parser::class,
4159 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4160 ];
4161
4162 /**
4163 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4164 */
4165 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4166
4167 /**
4168 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4169 * by PPFrame::expand()
4170 */
4171 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4172
4173 /**
4174 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4175 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4176 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4177 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4178 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4179 *
4180 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4181 */
4182 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4183
4184 /**
4185 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4186 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4187 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4188 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4189 */
4190 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4191
4192 /**
4193 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4194 */
4195 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4196
4197 /**
4198 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4199 *
4200 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4201 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4202 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4203 * more information.
4204 *
4205 * @see wfParseUrl
4206 */
4207 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4208 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4209 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4210 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4211 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4212 ];
4213
4214 /**
4215 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4216 */
4217 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4218
4219 /**
4220 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4221 */
4222 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4223
4224 /**
4225 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4226 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4227 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4228 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4229 *
4230 * @par Examples:
4231 * @code
4232 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4233 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4234 * @endcode
4235 */
4236 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4237
4238 /**
4239 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4240 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4241 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4242 * The image will be displayed.
4243 *
4244 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4245 * Or false to disable it
4246 */
4247 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4248
4249 /**
4250 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4251 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4252 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4253 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4254 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4255 * sites they control.
4256 */
4257 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4258
4259 /**
4260 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4261 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4262 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4263 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4264 *
4265 * Setting this to null is deprecated.
4266 *
4267 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4268 * parameters will be used instead.
4269 *
4270 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4271 * (Equivalent to setting `$wgTidyConfig['driver'] = 'disabled'`.)
4272 *
4273 * Keys are:
4274 * - driver: May be:
4275 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4276 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4277 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4278 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4279 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4280 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4281 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4282 * - disabled: Disable tidy pass and use a hacky pure PHP workaround
4283 * (this is what setting $wgUseTidy to false used to do)
4284 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4285 *
4286 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4287 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4288 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4289 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4290 */
4291 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4292
4293 /**
4294 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4295 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['driver'] = 'disabled'
4296 */
4297 $wgUseTidy = false;
4298
4299 /**
4300 * The path to the tidy binary.
4301 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4302 */
4303 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4304
4305 /**
4306 * The path to the tidy config file
4307 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4308 */
4309 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4310
4311 /**
4312 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4313 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4314 */
4315 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4316
4317 /**
4318 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4319 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4320 */
4321 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4322
4323 /**
4324 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4325 * Only works for internal tidy.
4326 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['debugComment']
4327 */
4328 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4329
4330 /**
4331 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4332 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4333 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4334 */
4335 $wgRawHtml = false;
4336
4337 /**
4338 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4339 *
4340 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4341 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4342 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4343 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4344 * to some of your users.
4345 */
4346 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4347
4348 /**
4349 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4350 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4351 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4352 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4353 */
4354 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4355
4356 /**
4357 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4358 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4359 */
4360 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4361
4362 /**
4363 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4364 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4365 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4366 *
4367 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4368 *
4369 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4370 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4371 * etc.
4372 *
4373 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4374 */
4375 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4376
4377 /**
4378 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4379 */
4380 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4381
4382 /**
4383 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4384 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4385 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4386 */
4387 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4388
4389 /**
4390 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4391 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4392 */
4393 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4394
4395 /**
4396 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4397 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4398 */
4399 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4400
4401 /**
4402 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4403 */
4404 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4405
4406 /**
4407 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4408 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4409 */
4410 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4411
4412 /**
4413 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4414 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4415 *
4416 * @since 1.28
4417 */
4418 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4419 'ISBN' => false,
4420 'PMID' => false,
4421 'RFC' => false
4422 ];
4423
4424 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4425
4426 /************************************************************************//**
4427 * @name Statistics
4428 * @{
4429 */
4430
4431 /**
4432 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4433 * as a valid article.
4434 *
4435 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4436 *
4437 * This variable can have the following values:
4438 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4439 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4440 *
4441 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4442 *
4443 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4444 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4445 * script.
4446 */
4447 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4448
4449 /**
4450 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4451 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4452 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4453 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4454 * numbers between different wikis.
4455 */
4456 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4457
4458 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4459
4460 /************************************************************************//**
4461 * @name User accounts, authentication
4462 * @{
4463 */
4464
4465 /**
4466 * Central ID lookup providers
4467 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4468 * @since 1.27
4469 */
4470 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4471 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4472 ];
4473
4474 /**
4475 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4476 * @var string
4477 */
4478 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4479
4480 /**
4481 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4482 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4483 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4484 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4485 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4486 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4487 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4488 * Statements:
4489 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4490 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4491 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4492 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4493 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4494 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4495 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4496 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4497 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4498 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4499 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4500 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4501 * @since 1.26
4502 */
4503 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4504 'policies' => [
4505 'bureaucrat' => [
4506 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4507 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4508 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4509 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4510 ],
4511 'sysop' => [
4512 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4513 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4514 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4515 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4516 ],
4517 'interface-admin' => [
4518 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4519 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4520 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4521 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4522 ],
4523 'bot' => [
4524 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4525 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4526 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4527 ],
4528 'default' => [
4529 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4530 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4531 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4532 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4533 ],
4534 ],
4535 'checks' => [
4536 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4537 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4538 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4539 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4540 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4541 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4542 ],
4543 ];
4544
4545 /**
4546 * Configure AuthManager
4547 *
4548 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4549 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4550 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4551 * (default is 0).
4552 *
4553 * Elements are:
4554 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4555 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4556 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4557 *
4558 * @since 1.27
4559 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4560 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4561 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4562 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4563 */
4564 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4565
4566 /**
4567 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4568 * @since 1.27
4569 */
4570 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4571 'preauth' => [
4572 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4573 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4574 'sort' => 0,
4575 ],
4576 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4577 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4578 'sort' => 0,
4579 ],
4580 ],
4581 'primaryauth' => [
4582 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4583 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4584 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4585 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4586 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4587 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4588 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4589 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4590 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4591 'args' => [ [
4592 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4593 'authoritative' => false,
4594 ] ],
4595 'sort' => 0,
4596 ],
4597 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4598 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4599 'args' => [ [
4600 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4601 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4602 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4603 // password") if it too fails.
4604 'authoritative' => true,
4605 ] ],
4606 'sort' => 100,
4607 ],
4608 ],
4609 'secondaryauth' => [
4610 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4611 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4612 'sort' => 0,
4613 ],
4614 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4615 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4616 'sort' => 100,
4617 ],
4618 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4619 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4620 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4621 // 'sort' => 100,
4622 // ],
4623 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4624 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4625 'sort' => 200,
4626 ],
4627 ],
4628 ];
4629
4630 /**
4631 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4632 *
4633 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4634 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4635 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4636 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4637 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4638 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4639 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4640 * that needs to do this.
4641 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4642 * the last X seconds.
4643 * - Come up with a third option.
4644 *
4645 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4646 * "X seconds".
4647 *
4648 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4649 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4650 * - LinkAccounts
4651 * - UnlinkAccount
4652 * - ChangeCredentials
4653 * - RemoveCredentials
4654 * - ChangeEmail
4655 *
4656 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4657 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4658 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4659 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4660 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4661 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4662 *
4663 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4664 *
4665 * @since 1.27
4666 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4667 */
4668 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4669 'default' => 300,
4670 ];
4671
4672 /**
4673 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4674 *
4675 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4676 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4677 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4678 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4679 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4680 *
4681 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4682 *
4683 * @since 1.27
4684 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4685 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4686 */
4687 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4688 'default' => true,
4689 ];
4690
4691 /**
4692 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4693 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4694 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4695 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4696 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4697 * @since 1.27
4698 * @var string[]
4699 */
4700 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4701 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4702 ];
4703
4704 /**
4705 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4706 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4707 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4708 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4709 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4710 * @since 1.27
4711 * @var string[]
4712 */
4713 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4714 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4715 ];
4716
4717 /**
4718 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4719 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4720 */
4721 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4722
4723 /**
4724 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4725 * words are allowed.
4726 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4727 */
4728 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4729
4730 /**
4731 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4732 *
4733 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4734 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4735 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4736 *
4737 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4738 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4739 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4740 */
4741 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4742
4743 /**
4744 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4745 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4746 * @since 1.23
4747 */
4748 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4749
4750 /**
4751 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4752 *
4753 * @since 1.24
4754 */
4755 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4756
4757 /**
4758 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4759 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4760 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4761 *
4762 * An advanced example:
4763 * @code
4764 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4765 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4766 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4767 * 'secrets' => [
4768 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4769 * ],
4770 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4771 * ];
4772 * @endcode
4773 *
4774 * @since 1.24
4775 */
4776 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4777 'A' => [
4778 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4779 ],
4780 'B' => [
4781 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4782 ],
4783 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4784 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4785 'types' => [
4786 'A',
4787 'pbkdf2',
4788 ],
4789 ],
4790 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4791 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4792 'types' => [
4793 'B',
4794 'pbkdf2',
4795 ],
4796 ],
4797 'bcrypt' => [
4798 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4799 'cost' => 9,
4800 ],
4801 'pbkdf2' => [
4802 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4803 'algo' => 'sha512',
4804 'cost' => '30000',
4805 'length' => '64',
4806 ],
4807 ];
4808
4809 /**
4810 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4811 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4812 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4813 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4814 */
4815 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4816 'username' => true,
4817 'email' => true,
4818 ];
4819
4820 /**
4821 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4822 */
4823 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4824
4825 /**
4826 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4827 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4828 */
4829 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4830
4831 /**
4832 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4833 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4834 */
4835 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4836 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4837 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4838 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4839 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4840 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4841 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4842 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4843 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4844 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4845 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4846 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4847 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4848 ];
4849
4850 /**
4851 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4852 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4853 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4854 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4855 */
4856 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4857 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4858 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4859 'date' => 'default',
4860 'diffonly' => 0,
4861 'disablemail' => 0,
4862 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4863 'editondblclick' => 0,
4864 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4865 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4866 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4867 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4868 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4869 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4870 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4871 'fancysig' => 0,
4872 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4873 'gender' => 'unknown',
4874 'hideminor' => 0,
4875 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4876 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4877 'imagesize' => 2,
4878 'minordefault' => 0,
4879 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4880 'nickname' => '',
4881 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4882 'numberheadings' => 0,
4883 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4884 'previewontop' => 1,
4885 'rcdays' => 7,
4886 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4887 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4888 'rclimit' => 50,
4889 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4890 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4891 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4892 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4893 'skin' => false,
4894 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4895 'thumbsize' => 5,
4896 'underline' => 2,
4897 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4898 'usenewrc' => 1,
4899 'watchcreations' => 1,
4900 'watchdefault' => 1,
4901 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4902 'watchuploads' => 1,
4903 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4904 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4905 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4906 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4907 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4908 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4909 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4910 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4911 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4912 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4913 'watchmoves' => 0,
4914 'watchrollback' => 0,
4915 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4916 'wllimit' => 250,
4917 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4918 'prefershttps' => 1,
4919 ];
4920
4921 /**
4922 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4923 */
4924 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4925
4926 /**
4927 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4928 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4929 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4930 */
4931 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4932
4933 /**
4934 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4935 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4936 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4937 *
4938 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4939 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4940 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4941 */
4942 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4943
4944 /**
4945 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4946 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4947 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4948 * @since 1.17
4949 */
4950 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4951
4952 /**
4953 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4954 *
4955 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4956 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4957 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4958 *
4959 * @since 1.27
4960 * @var string|null
4961 */
4962 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4963
4964 /**
4965 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4966 *
4967 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4968 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4969 *
4970 * @since 1.27
4971 */
4972 $wgSessionProviders = [
4973 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4974 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4975 'args' => [ [
4976 'priority' => 30,
4977 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4978 ] ],
4979 ],
4980 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4981 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4982 'args' => [ [
4983 'priority' => 75,
4984 ] ],
4985 ],
4986 ];
4987
4988 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4989
4990 /************************************************************************//**
4991 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4992 * @{
4993 */
4994
4995 /**
4996 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4997 */
4998 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4999
5000 /**
5001 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5002 */
5003 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5004
5005 /**
5006 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5007 */
5008 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5009
5010 /**
5011 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5012 *
5013 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5014 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5015 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5016 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5017 *
5018 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5019 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5020 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5021 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5022 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5023 */
5024 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5025 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5026 'IPv6' => 19,
5027 ];
5028
5029 /**
5030 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5031 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5032 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5033 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5034 * anonymous visitors.
5035 */
5036 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5037
5038 /**
5039 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5040 *
5041 * @par Example:
5042 * @code
5043 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5044 * @endcode
5045 *
5046 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5047 *
5048 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5049 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5050 *
5051 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5052 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5053 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5054 *
5055 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5056 * hook instead.
5057 */
5058 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5059
5060 /**
5061 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5062 *
5063 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5064 * is without underscore.
5065 *
5066 * @par Example:
5067 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5068 * @code
5069 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5070 * @endcode
5071 *
5072 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5073 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5074 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5075 *
5076 * @par Example:
5077 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5078 * @code
5079 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5080 * @endcode
5081 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5082 *
5083 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5084 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5085 */
5086 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5087
5088 /**
5089 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5090 * address before being allowed to edit?
5091 */
5092 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5093
5094 /**
5095 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5096 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5097 */
5098 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5099
5100 /**
5101 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5102 *
5103 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5104 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5105 *
5106 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5107 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5108 *
5109 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5110 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5111 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5112 * in in the user_groups table.
5113 *
5114 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5115 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5116 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5117 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5118 *
5119 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5120 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5121 *
5122 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5123 */
5124 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5125
5126 /** @cond file_level_code */
5127 // Implicit group for all visitors
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5139 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5140
5141 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5164
5165 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5168
5169 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5170 // from various log pages by default
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5179
5180 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5184 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5186 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5188 // can view deleted revision text
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5220 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5225
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5233
5234 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5237 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5238 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5239 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5240 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5241
5242 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5243 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5244 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5245 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5246 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5247 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5248 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5249 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5250 // For private suppression log access
5251 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5252
5253 /**
5254 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5255 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5256 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5257 * server.
5258 */
5259 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5260
5261 /** @endcond */
5262
5263 /**
5264 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5265 *
5266 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5267 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5268 *
5269 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5270 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5271 */
5272 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5276 */
5277 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5278
5279 /**
5280 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5281 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5282 *
5283 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5284 * group".
5285 *
5286 * @par Example:
5287 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5288 * @code
5289 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5290 * @endcode
5291 *
5292 * @par Example:
5293 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5294 * @code
5295 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5296 * @endcode
5297 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5298 * any group that they happen to be in.
5299 */
5300 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5301
5302 /**
5303 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5304 */
5305 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5306
5307 /**
5308 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5309 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5310 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5311 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5312 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5313 */
5314 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5315
5316 /**
5317 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5318 *
5319 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5320 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5321 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5322 *
5323 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5324 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5325 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5326 */
5327 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5328
5329 /**
5330 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5331 *
5332 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5333 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5334 *
5335 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5336 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5337 */
5338 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5339
5340 /**
5341 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5342 *
5343 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5344 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5345 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5346 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5347 * "semiprotected".
5348 *
5349 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5350 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5351 */
5352 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5353
5354 /**
5355 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5356 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5357 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5358 *
5359 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5360 */
5361 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5362
5363 /**
5364 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5365 *
5366 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5367 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5368 *
5369 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5370 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5371 */
5372 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5373
5374 /**
5375 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5376 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5377 * privileges of new accounts.
5378 *
5379 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5380 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5381 *
5382 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5383 *
5384 * @par Example:
5385 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5386 * @code
5387 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5388 * @endcode
5389 * Set age to one day:
5390 * @code
5391 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5392 * @endcode
5393 */
5394 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5395
5396 /**
5397 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5398 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5399 *
5400 * @par Example:
5401 * @code
5402 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5403 * @endcode
5404 */
5405 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5406
5407 /**
5408 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5409 *
5410 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5411 *
5412 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5413 * 'groupname' => cond,
5414 * 'group2' => cond2,
5415 * );
5416 *
5417 * A `cond` may be:
5418 * - a single condition without arguments:
5419 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5420 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5421 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5422 * - a single condition with arguments:
5423 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5424 * - a set of conditions:
5425 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5426 *
5427 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5428 * - `&` (**AND**):
5429 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5430 * - `|` (**OR**):
5431 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5432 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5433 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5434 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5435 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5436 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5437 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5438 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5439 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5440 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5441 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5442 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5443 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5444 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5445 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5446 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5447 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5448 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5449 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5450 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5451 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5452 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5453 * true if the user is blocked
5454 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5455 * true if the user is a bot
5456 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5457 *
5458 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5459 * linked by operands.
5460 *
5461 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5462 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5463 */
5464 $wgAutopromote = [
5465 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5466 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5467 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5468 ],
5469 ];
5470
5471 /**
5472 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5473 *
5474 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5475 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5476 *
5477 * The format is:
5478 * @code
5479 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5480 * @endcode
5481 * Where event is either:
5482 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5483 *
5484 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5485 *
5486 * @see $wgAutopromote
5487 * @since 1.18
5488 */
5489 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5490 'onEdit' => [],
5491 ];
5492
5493 /**
5494 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5495 * @since 1.18
5496 */
5497 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5498
5499 /**
5500 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5501 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5502 *
5503 * @par Example:
5504 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5505 * @code
5506 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5507 * @endcode
5508 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5509 * @code
5510 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5511 * @endcode
5512 * Sysops can make bots:
5513 * @code
5514 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5515 * @endcode
5516 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5517 * @code
5518 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5519 * @endcode
5520 */
5521 $wgAddGroups = [];
5522
5523 /**
5524 * @see $wgAddGroups
5525 */
5526 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5527
5528 /**
5529 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5530 * For extensions only.
5531 */
5532 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5533
5534 /**
5535 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5536 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5537 */
5538 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5539
5540 /**
5541 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5542 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5543 */
5544 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5545
5546 /**
5547 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5548 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5549 * This is limited for performance reason.
5550 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5551 * @since 1.23
5552 */
5553 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5554
5555 /**
5556 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5557 *
5558 * @par Example:
5559 * @code
5560 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5561 * // no more than 100 per month
5562 * [
5563 * 'count' => 100,
5564 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5565 * ],
5566 * // no more than 10 per day
5567 * [
5568 * 'count' => 10,
5569 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5570 * ],
5571 * ];
5572 * @endcode
5573 *
5574 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5575 */
5576 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5577 'count' => 0,
5578 'seconds' => 86400,
5579 ] ];
5580
5581 /**
5582 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5583 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5584 *
5585 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5586 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5587 *
5588 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5589 *
5590 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5591 */
5592 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5593
5594 /**
5595 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5596 */
5597 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5598
5599 /**
5600 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5601 * proxies
5602 * @since 1.16
5603 */
5604 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5605
5606 /**
5607 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5608 *
5609 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5610 * the blacklist require a key).
5611 *
5612 * @par Example:
5613 * @code
5614 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5615 * // String containing URL
5616 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5617 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5618 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5619 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5620 * // just use a string as shown above
5621 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5622 * ];
5623 * @endcode
5624 *
5625 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5626 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5627 * @since 1.16
5628 */
5629 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5630
5631 /**
5632 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5633 * what the other methods might say.
5634 */
5635 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5636
5637 /**
5638 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5639 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5640 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5641 * @since 1.29
5642 * @var string[]
5643 */
5644 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5645
5646 /**
5647 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5648 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5649 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5650 */
5651 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5652
5653 /**
5654 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5655 *
5656 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5657 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5658 * elapses.
5659 *
5660 * @par Example:
5661 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5662 * @code
5663 * $wgRateLimits = [
5664 * 'edit' => [
5665 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5666 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5667 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5668 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5669 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5670 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5671 * ]
5672 * ];
5673 * @endcode
5674 *
5675 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5676 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5677 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5678 * @code
5679 * $wgRateLimits = [
5680 * 'some-action' => [
5681 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5682 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5683 * ];
5684 * @endcode
5685 *
5686 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5687 */
5688 $wgRateLimits = [
5689 // Page edits
5690 'edit' => [
5691 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5692 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5693 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Page moves
5696 'move' => [
5697 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5698 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5699 ],
5700 // File uploads
5701 'upload' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5703 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Page rollbacks
5706 'rollback' => [
5707 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5708 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5709 ],
5710 // Triggering password resets emails
5711 'mailpassword' => [
5712 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5713 ],
5714 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5715 'emailuser' => [
5716 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5717 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5718 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5719 ],
5720 // Purging pages
5721 'purge' => [
5722 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5723 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5724 ],
5725 // Purges of link tables
5726 'linkpurge' => [
5727 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5728 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5729 ],
5730 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5731 'renderfile' => [
5732 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5733 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5734 ],
5735 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5736 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5737 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5738 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5739 ],
5740 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5741 'stashedit' => [
5742 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5743 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5744 ],
5745 // Adding or removing change tags
5746 'changetag' => [
5747 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5748 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5749 ],
5750 // Changing the content model of a page
5751 'editcontentmodel' => [
5752 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5753 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5754 ],
5755 ];
5756
5757 /**
5758 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5759 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5760 */
5761 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5762
5763 /**
5764 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5765 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5766 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5767 */
5768 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5769
5770 /**
5771 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5772 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5773 */
5774 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5775
5776 /**
5777 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5778 *
5779 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5780 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5781 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5782 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5783 *
5784 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5785 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5786 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5787 */
5788 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5789 // Short term limit
5790 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5791 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5792 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5793 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5794 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5795 ];
5796
5797 /**
5798 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5799 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5800 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5801 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5802 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5803 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5804 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5805 * @since 1.27
5806 */
5807 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5808
5809 // @TODO: clean up grants
5810 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5835
5836 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5841
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5862
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5872
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5874
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5876
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5879
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5883
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5885
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5891 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5893
5894 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5896
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5898
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5900
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5902
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5904
5905 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5906
5907 /**
5908 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5909 * @since 1.27
5910 */
5911 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5912 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5913 'basic' => 'hidden',
5914
5915 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5916 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5917 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5918 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5919
5920 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5921 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5922
5923 'sendemail' => 'email',
5924
5925 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5926 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5927
5928 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5929 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5930
5931 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5932 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5933 'rollback' => 'administration',
5934 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5935 'delete' => 'administration',
5936 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5937 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5938 'protect' => 'administration',
5939 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5940
5941 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5942
5943 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5944 ];
5945
5946 /**
5947 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5948 * @since 1.27
5949 */
5950 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5951
5952 /**
5953 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5954 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5955 * @since 1.27
5956 */
5957 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5958
5959 /**
5960 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5961 *
5962 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5963 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5964 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5965 * @since 1.27
5966 */
5967 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5968
5969 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5970
5971 /************************************************************************//**
5972 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5973 * @{
5974 */
5975
5976 /**
5977 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5978 */
5979 $wgSecretKey = false;
5980
5981 /**
5982 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5983 *
5984 * This can have the following formats:
5985 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5986 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5987 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5988 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5989 */
5990 $wgProxyList = [];
5991
5992 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5993
5994 /************************************************************************//**
5995 * @name Cookie settings
5996 * @{
5997 */
5998
5999 /**
6000 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6001 */
6002 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6003
6004 /**
6005 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6006 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6007 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6008 * login cookies session-only.
6009 */
6010 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6011
6012 /**
6013 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6014 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6015 */
6016 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6017
6018 /**
6019 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6020 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6021 */
6022 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6023
6024 /**
6025 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6026 * - true: Set secure flag
6027 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6028 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6029 */
6030 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6031
6032 /**
6033 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6034 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6035 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6036 * check.
6037 */
6038 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6039
6040 /**
6041 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6042 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6043 * name to be used as a prefix.
6044 */
6045 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6046
6047 /**
6048 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6049 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6050 * XSS attack.
6051 */
6052 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6053
6054 /**
6055 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6056 */
6057 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6058
6059 /**
6060 * Override to customise the session name
6061 */
6062 $wgSessionName = false;
6063
6064 /**
6065 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6066 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6067 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6068 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6069 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6070 */
6071 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6072
6073 /**
6074 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6075 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6076 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6077 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6078 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6079 */
6080 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6081
6082 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6083
6084 /************************************************************************//**
6085 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6086 * @{
6087 */
6088
6089 /**
6090 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6091 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6092 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6093 * Please see math/README for more information.
6094 */
6095 $wgUseTeX = false;
6096
6097 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6098
6099 /************************************************************************//**
6100 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6101 *
6102 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6103 *
6104 * @{
6105 */
6106
6107 /**
6108 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6109 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6110 * may contain private data.
6111 */
6112 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6113
6114 /**
6115 * Prefix for debug log lines
6116 */
6117 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6118
6119 /**
6120 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6121 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6122 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6123 */
6124 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6125
6126 /**
6127 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6128 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6129 * and gen=js requests.
6130 */
6131 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6132
6133 /**
6134 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6135 *
6136 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6137 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6138 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6139 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6140 */
6141 $wgDebugComments = false;
6142
6143 /**
6144 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6145 *
6146 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6147 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6148 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6149 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6150 */
6151 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6152
6153 /**
6154 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6155 *
6156 * @since 1.26
6157 */
6158 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6159 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6160 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6161 'GET' => [
6162 'masterConns' => 0,
6163 'writes' => 0,
6164 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6165 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6166 ],
6167 // HTTP POST requests.
6168 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6169 'POST' => [
6170 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6171 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6172 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6173 'maxAffected' => 1000
6174 ],
6175 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6176 'masterConns' => 0,
6177 'writes' => 0,
6178 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6179 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6180 ],
6181 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6182 'PostSend-GET' => [
6183 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6184 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6185 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6186 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6187 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6188 'masterConns' => 0,
6189 'writes' => 0,
6190 ],
6191 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6192 'PostSend-POST' => [
6193 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6194 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6195 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6196 'maxAffected' => 1000
6197 ],
6198 // Background job runner
6199 'JobRunner' => [
6200 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6201 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6202 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6203 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6204 ],
6205 // Command-line scripts
6206 'Maintenance' => [
6207 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6208 'maxAffected' => 1000
6209 ]
6210 ];
6211
6212 /**
6213 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6214 *
6215 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6216 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6217 * in production.
6218 *
6219 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6220 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6221 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6222 * - associative array with keys:
6223 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6224 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6225 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6226 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6227 *
6228 * @par Example:
6229 * @code
6230 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6231 * @endcode
6232 *
6233 * @par Advanced example:
6234 * @code
6235 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6236 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6237 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6238 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6239 * ];
6240 * @endcode
6241 */
6242 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6243
6244 /**
6245 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6246 *
6247 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6248 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6249 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6250 * details.
6251 *
6252 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6253 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6254 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6255 *
6256 * @par To completely disable logging:
6257 * @code
6258 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6259 * @endcode
6260 *
6261 * @since 1.25
6262 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6263 * @see MwLogger
6264 */
6265 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6266 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6267 ];
6268
6269 /**
6270 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6271 *
6272 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6273 */
6274 $wgShowDebug = false;
6275
6276 /**
6277 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6278 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6279 */
6280 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6281
6282 /**
6283 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6284 */
6285 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6289 */
6290 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6291
6292 /**
6293 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6294 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6295 * to an attacker.
6296 *
6297 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6298 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6299 */
6300 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6301
6302 /**
6303 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6304 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6305 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6306 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6307 */
6308 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6309
6310 /**
6311 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6312 *
6313 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6314 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6315 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6316 * exception handler.
6317 *
6318 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6319 */
6320 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6321
6322 /**
6323 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6324 */
6325 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6326
6327 /**
6328 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6329 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6330 */
6331 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6332
6333 /**
6334 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6335 */
6336 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6337
6338 /**
6339 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6340 * Should be a string, default false.
6341 * @since 1.20
6342 */
6343 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6344
6345 /**
6346 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6347 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6348 */
6349 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6350
6351 /**
6352 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6353 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6354 * after the limit.
6355 */
6356 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6357
6358 /**
6359 * Profiler configuration.
6360 *
6361 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6362 *
6363 * Example:
6364 *
6365 * @code
6366 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6367 * @endcode
6368 *
6369 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6370 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6371 *
6372 * @code
6373 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6374 * @endcode
6375 *
6376 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6377 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6378 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6379 *
6380 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6381 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6382 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6383 *
6384 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6385 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6386 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6387 *
6388 * @code
6389 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6390 * @endcode
6391 *
6392 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6393 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6394 *
6395 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6396 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6397 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6398 *
6399 * @code
6400 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6401 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6402 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6403 * @endcode
6404 *
6405 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6406 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6407 *
6408 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6409 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6410 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6411 *
6412 * @since 1.17.0
6413 */
6414 $wgProfiler = [];
6415
6416 /**
6417 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6418 *
6419 * @since 1.5.0
6420 */
6421 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6422
6423 /**
6424 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6425 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6426 */
6427 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6428
6429 /**
6430 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6431 *
6432 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6433 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6434 */
6435 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6436
6437 /**
6438 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6439 *
6440 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6441 *
6442 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6443 *
6444 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6445 * @since 1.25
6446 */
6447 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6448
6449 /**
6450 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6451 *
6452 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6453 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6454 * @since 1.25
6455 */
6456 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6457
6458 /**
6459 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6460 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6461 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6462 * @since 1.28
6463 */
6464 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6465 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6466 ];
6467
6468 /**
6469 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6470 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6471 * templates.
6472 */
6473 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6474
6475 /**
6476 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6477 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6478 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6479 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6480 */
6481 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6482
6483 /**
6484 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6485 * filename is passed to it.
6486 *
6487 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6488 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6489 *
6490 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6491 *
6492 * Use full paths.
6493 *
6494 * @deprecated since 1.30
6495 */
6496 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6497
6498 /**
6499 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6500 */
6501 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6502
6503 /**
6504 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6505 * @since 1.19
6506 */
6507 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6508
6509 /**
6510 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6511 * queries and other useful output.
6512 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6513 *
6514 * @since 1.19
6515 */
6516 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6517
6518 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6519
6520 /************************************************************************//**
6521 * @name Search
6522 * @{
6523 */
6524
6525 /**
6526 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6527 */
6528 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6529
6530 /**
6531 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6532 * by default off due to execution overhead
6533 */
6534 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6535
6536 /**
6537 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6538 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6539 */
6540 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6541
6542 /**
6543 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6544 *
6545 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6546 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6547 *
6548 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6549 *
6550 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6551 */
6552 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6556 *
6557 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6558 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6559 *
6560 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6561 */
6562 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6563 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6564 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6565 ];
6566
6567 /**
6568 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6569 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6570 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6571 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6572 */
6573 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6574
6575 /**
6576 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6577 * OpenSearch call.
6578 */
6579 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6580
6581 /**
6582 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6583 */
6584 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6585
6586 /**
6587 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6588 */
6589 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6590
6591 /**
6592 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6593 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6594 */
6595 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6596
6597 /**
6598 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6599 *
6600 * @par Example:
6601 * @code
6602 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6603 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6604 * @endcode
6605 */
6606 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6607 NS_MAIN => true,
6608 ];
6609
6610 /**
6611 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6612 * implemented by an extension instead.
6613 */
6614 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6615
6616 /**
6617 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6618 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6619 * search term.
6620 *
6621 * @par Example:
6622 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6623 * @code
6624 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6625 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6626 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6627 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6628 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6629 * @endcode
6630 */
6631 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6632
6633 /**
6634 * Search form behavior.
6635 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6636 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6637 */
6638 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6639
6640 /**
6641 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6642 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6643 * generated for all namespaces.
6644 */
6645 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6646
6647 /**
6648 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6649 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6650 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6651 *
6652 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6653 * @par Example:
6654 * @code
6655 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6656 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6657 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6658 * ];
6659 * @endcode
6660 */
6661 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6662
6663 /**
6664 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6665 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6666 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6667 */
6668 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6669
6670 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6671
6672 /************************************************************************//**
6673 * @name Edit user interface
6674 * @{
6675 */
6676
6677 /**
6678 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6679 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6680 */
6681 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6682
6683 /**
6684 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6685 */
6686 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6687
6688 /**
6689 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6690 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6691 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6692 */
6693 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6694 NS_CATEGORY => true
6695 ];
6696
6697 /**
6698 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6699 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6700 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6701 */
6702 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6703
6704 /**
6705 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6706 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6707 * ting this variable false.
6708 */
6709 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6710
6711 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6712
6713 /************************************************************************//**
6714 * @name Maintenance
6715 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6716 * @{
6717 */
6718
6719 /**
6720 * @cond file_level_code
6721 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6722 */
6723 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6724 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6725 }
6726 /** @endcond */
6727
6728 /**
6729 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6730 */
6731 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6732
6733 /**
6734 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6735 * used as an explanation to users.
6736 *
6737 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6738 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6739 * option in MySQL.
6740 */
6741 $wgReadOnly = null;
6742
6743 /**
6744 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6745 * @var bool
6746 * @since 1.31
6747 */
6748 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6749
6750 /**
6751 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6752 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6753 * message.
6754 *
6755 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6756 */
6757 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6758
6759 /**
6760 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6761 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6762 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6763 *
6764 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6765 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6766 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6767 */
6768 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6769
6770 /**
6771 * Fully specified path to git binary
6772 */
6773 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6774
6775 /**
6776 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6777 *
6778 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6779 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6780 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6781 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6782 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6783 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6784 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6785 *
6786 * @since 1.20
6787 */
6788 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6789 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6790 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6791 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6792 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6793 ];
6794
6795 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6796
6797 /************************************************************************//**
6798 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6799 * @{
6800 */
6801
6802 /**
6803 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6804 * seconds will go.
6805 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6806 */
6807 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6808
6809 /**
6810 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6811 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6812 * @since 1.26
6813 */
6814 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6815
6816 /**
6817 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6818 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6819 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6820 * @since 1.26
6821 */
6822 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6823
6824 /**
6825 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6826 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6827 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6828 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6829 * is still there.
6830 */
6831 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6832
6833 /**
6834 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6835 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6836 */
6837 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6838
6839 /**
6840 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6841 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6842 */
6843 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6844
6845 /**
6846 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6847 *
6848 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6849 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6850 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6851 *
6852 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6853 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6854 * passed to the constructor.
6855 *
6856 * Common options:
6857 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6858 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6859 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6860 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6861 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6862 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6863 *
6864 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6865 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6866 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6867 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6868 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6869 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6870 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6871 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6872 *
6873 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6874 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6875 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6876 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6877 *
6878 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6879 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6880 *
6881 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6882 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6883 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6884 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6885 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6886 * ];
6887 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6888 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6889 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6890 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6891 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6892 * ];
6893 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6894 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6895 * ];
6896 * @since 1.22
6897 */
6898 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6899
6900 /**
6901 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6902 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6903 * @since 1.22
6904 */
6905 $wgRCEngines = [
6906 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6907 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6908 ];
6909
6910 /**
6911 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6912 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6913 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6914 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6915 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6916 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6917 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6918 *
6919 * @since 1.27
6920 */
6921 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6922
6923 /**
6924 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6925 * New pages and new files are included.
6926 *
6927 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6928 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6929 * Special:Log.
6930 */
6931 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6932
6933 /**
6934 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6935 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6936 * 0 to disable completely.
6937 */
6938 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6939
6940 /**
6941 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6942 *
6943 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6944 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6945 * Special:Log.
6946 */
6947 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6948
6949 /**
6950 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6951 *
6952 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6953 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6954 * Special:Log.
6955 *
6956 * @since 1.27
6957 */
6958 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6959
6960 /**
6961 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6962 */
6963 $wgFeed = true;
6964
6965 /**
6966 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6967 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6968 */
6969 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6970
6971 /**
6972 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6973 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6974 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6975 *
6976 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6977 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6978 */
6979 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6980
6981 /**
6982 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6983 * pages larger than this size.
6984 */
6985 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6986
6987 /**
6988 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6989 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6990 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6991 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6992 * as value.
6993 * @par Example:
6994 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6995 * @code
6996 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6997 * @endcode
6998 */
6999 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7000
7001 /**
7002 * Available feeds objects.
7003 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7004 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7005 */
7006 $wgFeedClasses = [
7007 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7008 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7009 ];
7010
7011 /**
7012 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7013 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7014 */
7015 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7016
7017 /**
7018 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7019 */
7020 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7021
7022 /**
7023 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7024 */
7025 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7026
7027 /**
7028 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7029 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7030 * highlighted on the RC page.
7031 */
7032 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7033
7034 /**
7035 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7036 * view for watched pages with new changes
7037 */
7038 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7039
7040 /**
7041 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7042 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7043 */
7044 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7045
7046 /**
7047 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7048 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7049 */
7050 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7051
7052 /**
7053 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7054 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7055 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7056 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7057 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7058 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7059 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7060 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7061 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7062 *
7063 * @var array
7064 * @since 1.31
7065 */
7066 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7067 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7068 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7069 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7070 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7071 'mw-blank' => true,
7072 'mw-replace' => true,
7073 'mw-rollback' => true,
7074 'mw-undo' => true,
7075 ];
7076
7077 /**
7078 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7079 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7080 * watchers.
7081 *
7082 * @since 1.21
7083 */
7084 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7085
7086 /**
7087 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7088 * certain types of edits.
7089 *
7090 * To register a new one:
7091 * @code
7092 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7093 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7094 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7095 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7096 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7097 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7098 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7099 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7100 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7101 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7102 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7103 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7104 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7105 * ];
7106 * @endcode
7107 *
7108 * @since 1.22
7109 */
7110 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7111 'newpage' => [
7112 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7113 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7114 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7115 'grouping' => 'any',
7116 ],
7117 'minor' => [
7118 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7119 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7120 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7121 'class' => 'minoredit',
7122 'grouping' => 'all',
7123 ],
7124 'bot' => [
7125 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7126 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7127 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7128 'class' => 'botedit',
7129 'grouping' => 'all',
7130 ],
7131 'unpatrolled' => [
7132 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7133 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7134 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7135 'grouping' => 'any',
7136 ],
7137 ];
7138
7139 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7140
7141 /************************************************************************//**
7142 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7143 * @{
7144 */
7145
7146 /**
7147 * Override for copyright metadata.
7148 *
7149 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7150 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7151 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7152 */
7153 $wgRightsPage = null;
7154
7155 /**
7156 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7157 * wiki.
7158 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7159 */
7160 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7161
7162 /**
7163 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7164 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7165 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7166 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7167 */
7168 $wgRightsText = null;
7169
7170 /**
7171 * Override for copyright metadata.
7172 */
7173 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7174
7175 /**
7176 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7177 */
7178 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7179
7180 /**
7181 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7182 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7183 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7184 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7185 * large wikis.
7186 */
7187 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7188
7189 /**
7190 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7191 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7192 */
7193 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7194
7195 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7196
7197 /************************************************************************//**
7198 * @name Import / Export
7199 * @{
7200 */
7201
7202 /**
7203 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7204 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7205 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7206 *
7207 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7208 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7209 * e.g.
7210 * @code
7211 * $wgImportSources = [
7212 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7213 * 'wikispecies',
7214 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7215 * ];
7216 * @endcode
7217 *
7218 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7219 * the ImportSources hook.
7220 *
7221 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7222 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7223 */
7224 $wgImportSources = [];
7225
7226 /**
7227 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7228 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7229 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7230 *
7231 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7232 */
7233 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7234
7235 /**
7236 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7237 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7238 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7239 */
7240 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7241
7242 /**
7243 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7244 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7245 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7246 */
7247 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7248
7249 /**
7250 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7251 */
7252 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7253
7254 /**
7255 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7256 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7257 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7258 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7259 * it's disabled by default for now.
7260 *
7261 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7262 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7263 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7264 */
7265 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7266
7267 /**
7268 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7269 */
7270 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7271
7272 /**
7273 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7274 */
7275 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7276
7277 /**
7278 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7279 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7280 *
7281 * @since 1.27
7282 */
7283 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7284
7285 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7286
7287 /*************************************************************************//**
7288 * @name Extensions
7289 * @{
7290 */
7291
7292 /**
7293 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7294 * initialised
7295 */
7296 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7297
7298 /**
7299 * Extension messages files.
7300 *
7301 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7302 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7303 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7304 * is the most common.
7305 *
7306 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7307 * in the core.
7308 *
7309 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7310 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7311 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7312 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7313 *
7314 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7315 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7316 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7317 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7318 *
7319 * @par Example:
7320 * @code
7321 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7322 * @endcode
7323 */
7324 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7325
7326 /**
7327 * Extension messages directories.
7328 *
7329 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7330 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7331 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7332 * message directories.
7333 *
7334 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7335 *
7336 * @par Simple example:
7337 * @code
7338 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7339 * @endcode
7340 *
7341 * @par Complex example:
7342 * @code
7343 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7344 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7345 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7346 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7347 * ]
7348 * @endcode
7349 * @since 1.23
7350 */
7351 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7352
7353 /**
7354 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7355 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7356 * @since 1.22
7357 */
7358 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7359
7360 /**
7361 * Parser output hooks.
7362 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7363 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7364 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7365 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7366 *
7367 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7368 *
7369 * The callback has the form:
7370 * @code
7371 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7372 * @endcode
7373 */
7374 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7375
7376 /**
7377 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7378 */
7379 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7380
7381 /**
7382 * List of valid skin names
7383 *
7384 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7385 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7386 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7387 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7388 */
7389 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7390
7391 /**
7392 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7393 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7394 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7395 * SpecialPage.
7396 */
7397 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7398
7399 /**
7400 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7401 */
7402 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7403
7404 /**
7405 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7406 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7407 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7408 */
7409 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7410
7411 /**
7412 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7413 *
7414 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7415 *
7416 * @code
7417 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7418 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7419 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7420 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7421 * 'author' => [
7422 * 'Foo Barstein',
7423 * ],
7424 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7425 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7426 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7427 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7428 * ];
7429 * @endcode
7430 *
7431 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7432 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7433 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7434 * interpreted as wikitext.
7435 *
7436 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7437 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7438 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7439 *
7440 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7441 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7442 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7443 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7444 *
7445 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7446 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7447 * usually are.)
7448 *
7449 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7450 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7451 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7452 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7453 *
7454 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7455 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7456 *
7457 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7458 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7459 *
7460 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7461 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7462 */
7463 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7464
7465 /**
7466 * Authentication plugin.
7467 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7468 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7469 */
7470 $wgAuth = null;
7471
7472 /**
7473 * Global list of hooks.
7474 *
7475 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7476 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7477 * internally by Hook:run().
7478 *
7479 * The value can be one of:
7480 *
7481 * - A function name:
7482 * @code
7483 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7484 * @endcode
7485 * - A function with some data:
7486 * @code
7487 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7488 * @endcode
7489 * - A an object method:
7490 * @code
7491 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7492 * @endcode
7493 * - A closure:
7494 * @code
7495 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7496 * // Handler code goes here.
7497 * };
7498 * @endcode
7499 *
7500 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7501 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7502 *
7503 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7504 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7505 */
7506 $wgHooks = [];
7507
7508 /**
7509 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7510 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7511 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7512 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7513 * hook for that.
7514 *
7515 * @see MediaWikiServices
7516 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7517 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7518 */
7519 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7520 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7521 ];
7522
7523 /**
7524 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7525 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7526 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7527 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7528 */
7529 $wgJobClasses = [
7530 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7531 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7532 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7533 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7534 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7535 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7536 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7537 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7538 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7539 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7540 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7541 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7542 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7543 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7544 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7545 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7546 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7547 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7548 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7549 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7550 'null' => NullJob::class,
7551 ];
7552
7553 /**
7554 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7555 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7556 *
7557 * These can be:
7558 * - Very long-running jobs.
7559 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7560 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7561 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7562 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7563 */
7564 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7565
7566 /**
7567 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7568 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7569 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7570 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7571 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7572 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7573 * @var float[]
7574 */
7575 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7576
7577 /**
7578 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7579 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7580 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7581 *
7582 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7583 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7584 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7585 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7586 *
7587 * @var float|bool
7588 * @since 1.26
7589 */
7590 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7591
7592 /**
7593 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7594 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7595 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7596 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7597 */
7598 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7599 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7600 ];
7601
7602 /**
7603 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7604 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7605 */
7606 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7607 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7608 ];
7609
7610 /**
7611 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7612 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7613 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7614 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7615 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7616 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7617 * that limit is hit.
7618 *
7619 * @since 1.29
7620 */
7621 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7622
7623 /**
7624 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7625 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7626 */
7627 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7628 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7629 ];
7630
7631 /**
7632 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7633 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7634 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7635 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7636 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7637 */
7638 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7639 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7640 ];
7641
7642 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7643
7644 /*************************************************************************//**
7645 * @name Categories
7646 * @{
7647 */
7648
7649 /**
7650 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7651 */
7652 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7653
7654 /**
7655 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7656 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7657 */
7658 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7659
7660 /**
7661 * Paging limit for categories
7662 */
7663 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7664
7665 /**
7666 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7667 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7668 *
7669 * Available values are:
7670 *
7671 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7672 *
7673 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7674 *
7675 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7676 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7677 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7678 *
7679 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7680 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7681 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7682 * server.
7683 *
7684 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7685 * the sort keys in the database.
7686 *
7687 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7688 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7689 */
7690 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7691
7692 /** @} */ # End categories }
7693
7694 /*************************************************************************//**
7695 * @name Logging
7696 * @{
7697 */
7698
7699 /**
7700 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7701 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7702 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7703 * log type.
7704 *
7705 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7706 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7707 */
7708 $wgLogTypes = [
7709 '',
7710 'block',
7711 'protect',
7712 'rights',
7713 'delete',
7714 'upload',
7715 'move',
7716 'import',
7717 'patrol',
7718 'merge',
7719 'suppress',
7720 'tag',
7721 'managetags',
7722 'contentmodel',
7723 ];
7724
7725 /**
7726 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7727 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7728 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7729 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7730 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7731 */
7732 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7733 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7734 ];
7735
7736 /**
7737 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7738 *
7739 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7740 *
7741 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7742 *
7743 * @par Example:
7744 * @code
7745 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7746 * @endcode
7747 *
7748 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7749 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7750 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7751 *
7752 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7753 * used for the link text.
7754 */
7755 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7756 'patrol' => true,
7757 'tag' => true,
7758 ];
7759
7760 /**
7761 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7762 * will be listed in the user interface.
7763 *
7764 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7765 *
7766 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7767 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7768 */
7769 $wgLogNames = [
7770 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7771 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7772 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7773 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7774 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7775 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7776 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7777 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7778 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7779 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7780 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7781 ];
7782
7783 /**
7784 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7785 * top of each log type.
7786 *
7787 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7788 *
7789 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7790 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7791 */
7792 $wgLogHeaders = [
7793 '' => 'alllogstext',
7794 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7795 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7796 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7797 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7798 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7799 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7800 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7801 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7802 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7803 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7804 ];
7805
7806 /**
7807 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7808 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7809 *
7810 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7811 */
7812 $wgLogActions = [];
7813
7814 /**
7815 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7816 * not messages.
7817 * @see LogPage::actionText
7818 * @see LogFormatter
7819 */
7820 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7821 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7822 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7823 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7824 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7825 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7826 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7827 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7828 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7829 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7830 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7831 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7832 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7833 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7834 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7835 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7836 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7837 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7838 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7839 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7840 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7841 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7842 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7843 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7844 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7845 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7846 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7847 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7848 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7849 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7850 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7851 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7852 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7853 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7854 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7855 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7856 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7857 ];
7858
7859 /**
7860 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7861 *
7862 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7863 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7864 * Extensions may append to this array
7865 * @since 1.27
7866 */
7867 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7868 'block' => [
7869 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7870 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7871 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7872 ],
7873 'contentmodel' => [
7874 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7875 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7876 ],
7877 'delete' => [
7878 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7879 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7880 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7881 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7882 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7883 ],
7884 'import' => [
7885 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7886 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7887 ],
7888 'managetags' => [
7889 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7890 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7891 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7892 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7893 ],
7894 'move' => [
7895 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7896 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7897 ],
7898 'newusers' => [
7899 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7900 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7901 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7902 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7903 ],
7904 'protect' => [
7905 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7906 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7907 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7908 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7909 ],
7910 'rights' => [
7911 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7912 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7913 ],
7914 'suppress' => [
7915 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7916 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7917 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7918 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7919 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7920 ],
7921 'upload' => [
7922 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7923 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7924 ],
7925 ];
7926
7927 /**
7928 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7929 */
7930 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7931
7932 /**
7933 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7934 * @since 1.32
7935 */
7936 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7937
7938 /** @} */ # end logging }
7939
7940 /*************************************************************************//**
7941 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7942 * @{
7943 */
7944
7945 /**
7946 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7947 */
7948 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7949
7950 /**
7951 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7952 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7953 */
7954 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7955
7956 /**
7957 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7958 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7959 */
7960 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7961
7962 /**
7963 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7964 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7965 */
7966 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7967
7968 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7969
7970 /*************************************************************************//**
7971 * @name Actions
7972 * @{
7973 */
7974
7975 /**
7976 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7977 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7978 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7979 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7980 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7981 * instead of the default class.
7982 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7983 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7984 */
7985 $wgActions = [
7986 'credits' => true,
7987 'delete' => true,
7988 'edit' => true,
7989 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7990 'history' => true,
7991 'info' => true,
7992 'markpatrolled' => true,
7993 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
7994 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
7995 'protect' => true,
7996 'purge' => true,
7997 'raw' => true,
7998 'render' => true,
7999 'revert' => true,
8000 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8001 'rollback' => true,
8002 'submit' => true,
8003 'unprotect' => true,
8004 'unwatch' => true,
8005 'view' => true,
8006 'watch' => true,
8007 ];
8008
8009 /** @} */ # end actions }
8010
8011 /*************************************************************************//**
8012 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8013 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8014 * @{
8015 */
8016
8017 /**
8018 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8019 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8020 * basis.
8021 */
8022 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8023
8024 /**
8025 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8026 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8027 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8028 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8029 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8030 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8031 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8032 *
8033 * @par Example:
8034 * @code
8035 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8036 * @endcode
8037 */
8038 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8039
8040 /**
8041 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8042 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8043 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8044 *
8045 * @par Example:
8046 * @code
8047 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8048 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8049 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8050 * ];
8051 * @endcode
8052 *
8053 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8054 * forms:
8055 * @code
8056 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8057 * # Underscore, not space!
8058 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8059 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8060 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8061 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8062 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8063 * ];
8064 * @endcode
8065 */
8066 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8067
8068 /**
8069 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8070 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8071 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8072 *
8073 * @par Example:
8074 * @code
8075 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8076 * @endcode
8077 */
8078 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8079
8080 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8081
8082 /************************************************************************//**
8083 * @name AJAX and API
8084 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8085 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8086 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8087 * @{
8088 */
8089
8090 /**
8091 *
8092 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8093 *
8094 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8095 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8096 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8097 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8098 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8099 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8100 * requiring POST.
8101 *
8102 * @since 1.21
8103 */
8104 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8105
8106 /**
8107 * API module extensions.
8108 *
8109 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8110 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8111 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8112 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8113 *
8114 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8115 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8116 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8117 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8118 * field.
8119 *
8120 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8121 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8122 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8123 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8124 *
8125 * Examples for registering API modules:
8126 *
8127 * @code
8128 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8129 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8130 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8131 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8132 * ];
8133 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8134 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8135 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8136 * ];
8137 * @endcode
8138 *
8139 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8140 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8141 */
8142 $wgAPIModules = [];
8143
8144 /**
8145 * API format module extensions.
8146 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8147 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8148 *
8149 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8150 */
8151 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8152
8153 /**
8154 * API Query meta module extensions.
8155 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8156 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8157 *
8158 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8159 */
8160 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8161
8162 /**
8163 * API Query prop module extensions.
8164 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8165 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8166 *
8167 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8168 */
8169 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8170
8171 /**
8172 * API Query list module extensions.
8173 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8174 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8175 *
8176 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8177 */
8178 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8179
8180 /**
8181 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8182 * The default value is generally fine
8183 */
8184 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8185
8186 /**
8187 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8188 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8189 */
8190 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8191
8192 /**
8193 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8194 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8195 */
8196 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8197
8198 /**
8199 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8200 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8201 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8202 */
8203 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8204
8205 /**
8206 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8207 * API request logging
8208 */
8209 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8210
8211 /**
8212 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8213 */
8214 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8215
8216 /**
8217 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8218 * API queries.
8219 */
8220 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8221 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8222 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8223 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8224 ];
8225
8226 /**
8227 * Enable AJAX framework
8228 *
8229 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8230 */
8231 $wgUseAjax = true;
8232
8233 /**
8234 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8235 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8236 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8237 */
8238 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8239
8240 /**
8241 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8242 */
8243 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8244
8245 /**
8246 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8247 */
8248 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8249
8250 /**
8251 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8252 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8253 */
8254 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8258 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8259 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8260 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8261 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8262 *
8263 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8264 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8265 *
8266 * @par Example:
8267 * @code
8268 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8269 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8270 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8271 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8272 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8273 * ];
8274 * @endcode
8275 */
8276 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8277
8278 /**
8279 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8280 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8281 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8282 */
8283 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8284
8285 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8286
8287 /************************************************************************//**
8288 * @name Shell and process control
8289 * @{
8290 */
8291
8292 /**
8293 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8294 */
8295 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8296
8297 /**
8298 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8299 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8300 */
8301 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8302
8303 /**
8304 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8305 */
8306 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8307
8308 /**
8309 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8310 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8311 */
8312 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8313
8314 /**
8315 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8316 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8317 *
8318 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8319 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8320 * them segfault or deadlock.
8321 *
8322 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8323 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8324 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8325 *
8326 * @par Example:
8327 * @code
8328 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8329 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8330 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8331 * @endcode
8332 *
8333 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8334 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8335 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8336 */
8337 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8338
8339 /**
8340 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8341 */
8342 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8343
8344 /**
8345 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8346 *
8347 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8348 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8349 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8350 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8351 *
8352 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8353 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8354 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8355 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8356 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8357 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8358 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8359 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8360 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8361 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8362 * decimal separator)
8363 *
8364 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8365 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8366 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8367 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8368 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8369 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8370 * displayed to the user.
8371 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8372 * date/time values.
8373 *
8374 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8375 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8376 * wikis.
8377 */
8378 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8379
8380 /**
8381 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8382 *
8383 * Supported options:
8384 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8385 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8386 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8387 *
8388 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8389 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8390 *
8391 * @since 1.31
8392 * @var string|bool
8393 */
8394 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8395
8396 /** @} */ # End shell }
8397
8398 /************************************************************************//**
8399 * @name HTTP client
8400 * @{
8401 */
8402
8403 /**
8404 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8405 * @var int
8406 */
8407 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8408
8409 /**
8410 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8411 * @since 1.29
8412 */
8413 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8414
8415 /**
8416 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8417 */
8418 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8419
8420 /**
8421 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8422 */
8423 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8424
8425 /**
8426 * Local virtual hosts.
8427 *
8428 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8429 *
8430 * This affects the following:
8431 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8432 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8433 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8434 * the proxy if it is configured.
8435 *
8436 * @since 1.25
8437 */
8438 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8439
8440 /**
8441 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8442 * Only works for curl
8443 */
8444 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8445
8446 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8447
8448 /************************************************************************//**
8449 * @name Job queue
8450 * @{
8451 */
8452
8453 /**
8454 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8455 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8456 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8457 * be run periodically.
8458 */
8459 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8460
8461 /**
8462 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8463 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8464 * execution finishes.
8465 *
8466 * @since 1.23
8467 */
8468 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8469
8470 /**
8471 * Number of rows to update per job
8472 */
8473 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8474
8475 /**
8476 * Number of rows to update per query
8477 */
8478 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8479
8480 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8481
8482 /************************************************************************//**
8483 * @name Miscellaneous
8484 * @{
8485 */
8486
8487 /**
8488 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8489 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8490 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8491 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8492 */
8493 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8494
8495 /**
8496 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8497 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8498 * Supported values:
8499 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8500 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8501 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8502 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8503 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8504 *
8505 * @since 1.30
8506 */
8507 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8508
8509 /**
8510 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8511 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8512 *
8513 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8514 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8515 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8516 */
8517 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8518
8519 /**
8520 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8521 * For debugging
8522 */
8523 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8524
8525 /**
8526 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8527 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8528 */
8529 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8530
8531 /**
8532 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8533 */
8534 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8535
8536 /**
8537 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8538 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8539 */
8540 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8541
8542 /**
8543 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8544 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8545 */
8546 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8547
8548 /**
8549 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8550 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8551 *
8552 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8553 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8554 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8555 * parameters.
8556 *
8557 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8558 * @code
8559 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8560 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8561 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8562 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8563 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8564 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8565 * 'redisConfig' => []
8566 * ] ];
8567 * @endcode
8568 *
8569 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8570 * @code
8571 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8572 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8573 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8574 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8575 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8576 * ... any extension-specific options...
8577 * ] ];
8578 * @endcode
8579 */
8580 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8581
8582 /**
8583 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8584 */
8585 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8586
8587 /**
8588 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8589 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8590 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8591 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8592 *
8593 * @since 1.21
8594 */
8595 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8596
8597 /**
8598 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8599 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8600 *
8601 * * 'ignore': return null
8602 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8603 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8604 *
8605 * @since 1.21
8606 */
8607 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8608
8609 /**
8610 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8611 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8612 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8613 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8614 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8615 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8616 *
8617 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8618 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8619 *
8620 * @since 1.21
8621 */
8622 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8623
8624 /**
8625 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8626 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8627 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8628 *
8629 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8630 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8631 *
8632 * @since 1.21
8633 */
8634 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8635 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8636 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8637 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8638 ];
8639
8640 /**
8641 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8642 *
8643 * @since 1.20
8644 */
8645 $wgSiteTypes = [
8646 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8647 ];
8648
8649 /**
8650 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8651 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8652 * @since 1.23
8653 */
8654 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8655
8656 /**
8657 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8658 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8659 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8660 *
8661 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8662 *
8663 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8664 *
8665 * @since 1.24
8666 */
8667 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8668
8669 /**
8670 * Secret for session storage.
8671 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8672 * be used.
8673 * @since 1.27
8674 */
8675 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8676
8677 /**
8678 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8679 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8680 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8681 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8682 * @since 1.27
8683 */
8684 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8685
8686 /**
8687 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8688 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8689 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8690 * be used.
8691 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8692 * @since 1.24
8693 */
8694 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8695
8696 /**
8697 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8698 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8699 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8700 * @since 1.24
8701 */
8702 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8703
8704 /**
8705 * Enable page language feature
8706 * Allows setting page language in database
8707 * @var bool
8708 * @since 1.24
8709 */
8710 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8711
8712 /**
8713 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8714 *
8715 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8716 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8717 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8718 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8719 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8720 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8721 *
8722 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8723 *
8724 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8725 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8726 * 'options' => [
8727 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8728 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8729 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8730 * ]
8731 * ];
8732 *
8733 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8734 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8735 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8736 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8737 *
8738 * Example config for Parsoid:
8739 *
8740 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8741 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8742 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8743 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8744 * ];
8745 *
8746 * @var array
8747 * @since 1.25
8748 */
8749 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8750 'paths' => [],
8751 'modules' => [],
8752 'global' => [
8753 # Timeout in seconds
8754 'timeout' => 360,
8755 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8756 'forwardCookies' => false,
8757 'HTTPProxy' => null
8758 ]
8759 ];
8760
8761 /**
8762 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8763 * these suggestions.
8764 *
8765 * @var bool
8766 * @since 1.26
8767 */
8768 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8769
8770 /**
8771 * Where popular password file is located.
8772 *
8773 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8774 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8775 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8776 *
8777 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8778 * @since 1.27
8779 * @var string path to file
8780 */
8781 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8782
8783 /*
8784 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8785 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8786 *
8787 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8788 * @since 1.27
8789 */
8790 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8791
8792 /*
8793 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8794 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8795 *
8796 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8797 * @since 1.30
8798 */
8799 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8800
8801 /**
8802 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8803 *
8804 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8805 * @since 1.32
8806 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8807 * If an array, can have parameters:
8808 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8809 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8810 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8811 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8812 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8813 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8814 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8815 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8816 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8817 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8818 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8819 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8820 */
8821 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8822
8823 /**
8824 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8825 *
8826 * @since 1.32
8827 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8828 */
8829 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8830
8831 /**
8832 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8833 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8834 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8835 *
8836 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8837 *
8838 * @since 1.32
8839 * @var string[]
8840 */
8841 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8842 'copyright',
8843 'history_copyright',
8844 'googlesearch',
8845 'feedback-terms',
8846 'feedback-termsofuse',
8847 ];
8848
8849 /**
8850 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8851 *
8852 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8853 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8854 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8855 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8856 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8857 *
8858 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8859 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8860 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8861 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8862 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8863 *
8864 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8865 *
8866 * @since 1.27
8867 */
8868 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8869 'default' => [
8870 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8871 ]
8872 ];
8873
8874 /**
8875 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8876 *
8877 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8878 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8879 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8880 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8881 *
8882 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8883 *
8884 * @var bool
8885 * @since 1.28
8886 */
8887 $wgPingback = false;
8888
8889 /**
8890 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8891 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8892 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8893 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8894 *
8895 * @since 1.28
8896 */
8897 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8898 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8899 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8900 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8901 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8902 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8903 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8904 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8905 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8906 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8907 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8908 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8909 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8910 ];
8911
8912 /**
8913 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8914 * at Special:Contributions.
8915 *
8916 * @var array
8917 * @since 1.30
8918 */
8919 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8920 'IPv4' => 16,
8921 'IPv6' => 32,
8922 ];
8923
8924 /**
8925 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8926 *
8927 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8928 *
8929 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8930 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8931 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8932 *
8933 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8934 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8935 */
8936 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8937 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8938 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8939 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8940
8941 /**
8942 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8943 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8944 *
8945 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8946 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8947 *
8948 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8949 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8950 *
8951 * @par Example:
8952 * @code
8953 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8954 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8955 *];
8956 * @endcode
8957 */
8958 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8959
8960 /**
8961 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8962 * @since 1.30
8963 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8964 */
8965 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8966
8967 /**
8968 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8969 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8970 *
8971 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8972 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8973 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8974 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8975 *
8976 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8977 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8978 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8979 *
8980 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8981 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8982 *
8983 * @since 1.32
8984 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8985 */
8986 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8987
8988 /**
8989 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8990 *
8991 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8992 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8993 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8994 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8995 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
8996 *
8997 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
8998 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
8999 *
9000 * @since 1.31
9001 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
9002 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9003 */
9004 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD;
9005
9006 /**
9007 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
9008 *
9009 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
9010 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
9011 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
9012 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
9013 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
9014 *
9015 * @since 1.32
9016 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
9017 */
9018 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH;
9019
9020 /**
9021 * Temporarily flag to use change_tag_def table as backend of change tag statistics.
9022 * For example in case of Special:Tags. If set to false, it will use change_tag table.
9023 * Before setting it to true set $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage to MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH and run
9024 * PopulateChangeTagDef maintaince script.
9025 * It's redundant when $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage is set to MIGRATION_NEW
9026 *
9027 * @since 1.32
9028 * @var bool
9029 */
9030 $wgTagStatisticsNewTable = false;
9031
9032 /**
9033 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9034 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9035 * @}
9036 */